2010 STANDARDS FOR TITLES II AND III FACILITIES: 2004 ADAAG
The following section applies to both State and local government facilities (Title II) and public accommodations and commercial facilities (Title III). The section consists of (ADA) Chapters 1 and 2 and Chapters 3 through 10, of the 2004 ADAAG (36 CFR part 1191, appendices B and D, adopted as part of both the Title II and Title III 2010 Standards).
State and local government facilities must follow the requirements of the 2010 Standards, including both the Title II regulations at 28 CFR 35.151; and the 2004 ADAAG at 36 CFR part 1191, appendices B and D.
Public accommodations and commercial facilities must follow the requirements of the 2010 Standards, including both the Title III regulations at 28 CFR part 36, subpart D; and the 2004 ADAAG at 36 CFR part 1191, appendices B and D.
In the few places where requirements between the regulation and the 2004 ADAAG differ, the requirements of 28 CFR 35.151 or 28 CFR part 36, subpart D, prevail.
CONTENTS
101 Purpose
102 Dimensions for Adults and Children
103 Equivalent Facilitation
104 Conventions
105 Referenced Standards
106 Definitions
201 Application
202 Existing Buildings and Facilities
203 General Exceptions
204 Protruding Objects
205 Operable Parts
206 Accessible Routes
207 Accessible Means of Egress
208 Parking Spaces
209 Passenger Loading Zones and Bus Stops
210 Stairways
211 Drinking Fountains
212 Kitchens, Kitchenettes, and Sinks
213 Toilet Facilities and Bathing Facilities
214 Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers
215 Fire Alarm Systems
216 Signs
217 Telephones
218 Transportation Facilities
219 Assistive Listening Systems
220 Automatic Teller Machines and Fare Machines
221 Assembly Areas
222 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms
223 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities
224 Transient Lodging Guest Rooms
225 Storage
226 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces
227 Sales and Service
228 Depositories, Vending Machines, Change Machines, Mail Boxes, and Fuel Dispensers
229 Windows
230 Two-Way Communication Systems
231 Judicial Facilities
232 Detention Facilities and Correctional Facilities
233 Residential Facilities
234 Amusement Rides
235 Recreational Boating Facilities
236 Exercise Machines and Equipment
237 Fishing Piers and Platforms
238 Golf Facilities
239 Miniature Golf Facilities
240 Play Areas
241 Saunas and Steam Rooms
242 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas
243 Shooting Facilities with Firing Positions
301 General
302 Floor or Ground Surfaces
303 Changes in Level
304 Turning Space
305 Clear Floor or Ground Space
306 Knee and Toe Clearance
307 Protruding Objects
308 Reach Ranges
309 Operable Parts
401 General
402 Accessible Routes
403 Walking Surfaces
404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates
405 Ramps
406 Curb Ramps
407 Elevators
408 Limited Use/ Limited Application Elevators
409 Private Residence Elevators
410 Platform Lifts
501 General
502 Parking Spaces
503 Passenger Loading Zones
504 Stairways
505 Handrails
601 General
602 Drinking Fountains
603 Toilet and Bathing Rooms
604 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments
605 Urinals
606 Lavatories and Sinks
607 Bathtubs
608 Shower Compartments
609 Grab Bars
610 Seats
611 Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers
612 Saunas and Steam Rooms
701 General
702 Fire Alarm Systems
703 Signs
704 Telephones
705 Detectable Warnings
706 Assistive Listening Systems
707 Automatic Teller Machines and Fare Machines
708 Two-Way Communication Systems
801 General
802 Wheelchair Spaces, Companion Seats, and Designated Aisle
Seats
803 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms
804 Kitchens and Kitchenettes
805 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities
806 Transient Lodging Guest Rooms
807 Holding Cells and Housing Cells
808 Courtrooms
809 Residential Dwelling Units
810 Transportation Facilities
811 Storage
901 General
902 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces
903 Benches
904 Check-Out Aisles and Sales and Service Counters
1001 General
1002 Amusement Rides
1003 Recreational Boating Facilities
1004 Exercise Machines and Equipment
1005 Fishing Piers and Platforms
1006 Golf Facilities
1007 Miniature Golf Facilities
1008 Play Areas
1009 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas
1010 Shooting Facilities with Firing Positions
2010 Standards: 2004 ADAAG for Titles II and III
CHAPTER 1: APPLICATION AND ADMINISTRATION
101 Purpose
101.1 General. This document contains
scoping and technical requirements for accessibility to sites,
facilities, buildings, and elements by individuals with disabilities.
The requirements are to be applied during the design, construction, additions to, and alteration
of sites, facilities, buildings, and elements to the extent required by
regulations issued by Federal agencies under the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA).
Advisory 101.1 General. In addition to
these requirements, covered entities must comply with the regulations
issued by the Department of Justice and the Department of
Transportation under the Americans with Disabilities Act. There are
issues affecting individuals with disabilities which are not addressed
by these requirements, but which are covered by the Department of
Justice and the Department of Transportation regulations.
101.2 Effect on Removal of Barriers in Existing
Facilities. This document does not address existing facilities unless altered at
the discretion of a covered entity. The Department of Justice has authority over
existing facilities that are subject to the requirement for removal of barriers
under Title III of the ADA. Any determination that this document applies to
existing facilities subject to the barrier removal
requirement is solely within the discretion of the Department of Justice and is
effective only to the extent required by regulations issued by the Department of
Justice.
102 Dimensions for Adults and Children
The technical requirements are based on
adult dimensions and anthropometrics. In addition, this document
includes technical requirements based on children's dimensions and
anthropometrics for drinking fountains, water closets, toilet
compartments, lavatories and sinks, dining surfaces, and work surfaces.
103 Equivalent Facilitation
Nothing in these requirements prevents the
use of designs, products, or technologies as alternatives to those
prescribed, provided they result in substantially equivalent or greater
accessibility and usability.
Advisory 103 Equivalent Facilitation. The
responsibility for demonstrating equivalent facilitation in the event
of a challenge rests with the covered entity. With the exception of
transit facilities, which are covered by regulations issued by the
Department of Transportation, there is no process for certifying that
an alternative design provides equivalent facilitation.
104 Conventions
104.1 Dimensions. Dimensions that are not stated as "maximum" or "minimum" are absolute.
104.1.1 Construction and Manufacturing Tolerances. All dimensions are subject to conventional industry tolerances except
where the requirement is stated as a range with specific minimum and
maximum end points.
Advisory 104.1.1 Construction and
Manufacturing Tolerances. Conventional industry tolerances recognized
by this provision include those for field conditions and those that may
be a necessary consequence of a particular manufacturing process.
Recognized tolerances are not intended to apply to design work.
It is good practice when specifying
dimensions to avoid specifying a tolerance where dimensions are
absolute. For example, if this document requires "1 inches," avoid
specifying "1 inches plus or minus X inches."
Where the requirement states a specified
range, such as in Section 609.4 where grab bars must be installed
between 33 inches and 36 inches above the floor, the range provides an
adequate tolerance and therefore no tolerance outside of the range at
either end point is permitted.
Where a requirement is a minimum or a
maximum dimension that does not have two specific minimum and maximum
end points, tolerances may apply. Where an element is to be installed
at the minimum or maximum permitted dimension, such as "15 inches
minimum" or "5 pounds maximum", it would not be good practice to
specify "5 pounds (plus X pounds) or 15 inches (minus X inches)."
Rather, it would be good practice to specify a dimension less than the
required maximum (or more than the required minimum) by the amount of
the expected field or manufacturing tolerance and not to state any
tolerance in conjunction with the specified dimension.
Specifying dimensions in design in the
manner described above will better ensure that facilities and elements
accomplish the level of accessibility intended by these requirements.
It will also more often produce an end result of strict and literal
compliance with the stated requirements and eliminate enforcement
difficulties and issues that might otherwise arise. Information on
specific tolerances may be available from industry or trade
organizations, code groups and building officials, and published
references.
104.2 Calculation of Percentages. Where the required number of elements or facilities to be provided is
determined by calculations of ratios or percentages and remainders or
fractions result, the next greater whole number of such elements or
facilities shall be provided. Where the determination of the required
size or dimension of an element or facility involves ratios or
percentages, rounding down for values less than one half shall be
permitted.
104.3 Figures. Unless specifically stated otherwise, figures are provided for informational purposes only.
|
Figure 104
Graphic Convention for Figures
|
105 Referenced Standards
105.1 General. The standards listed in
105.2 are incorporated by reference in this document and are part of
the requirements to the prescribed extent of each such reference. The
Director of the Federal Register has approved these standards for
incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR
part 51. Copies of the referenced standards may be inspected at the
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board, 1331 F
Street, NW, Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20004; at the Department of
Justice, Civil Rights Division, Disability Rights Section, 1425 New
York Avenue, NW, Washington, DC; at the Department of Transportation,
400 Seventh Street, SW, Room 10424, Washington DC; or at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the
availability of this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030, or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
105.2 Referenced Standards. The specific
edition of the standards listed below are referenced in this document.
Where differences occur between this document and the referenced
standards, this document applies.
105.2.1 ANSI/BHMA. Copies of the referenced standards may be obtained from the Builders
Hardware Manufacturers Association, 355 Lexington Avenue, 17th floor,
New York, NY 10017 (http://www.buildershardware.com).
ANSI/BHMA A156.10-1999 American National Standard for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors (see 404.3).
ANSI/BHMA A156.19-1997 American National
Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see
404.3, 408.3.2.1, and 409.3.1).
ANSI/BHMA A156.19-2002 American National
Standard for Power Assist and Low Energy Power Operated Doors (see
404.3, 408.3.2.1, and 409.3.1).
Advisory 105.2.1 ANSI/BHMA. ANSI/BHMA
A156.10-1999 applies to power operated doors for pedestrian use which
open automatically when approached by pedestrians. Included are
provisions intended to reduce the chance of user injury or entrapment.
ANSI/BHMA A156.19-1997 and A156.19-2002
applies to power assist doors, low energy power operated doors or low
energy power open doors for pedestrian use not provided for in
ANSI/BHMA A156.10 for Power Operated Pedestrian Doors. Included are
provisions intended to reduce the chance of user injury or entrapment.
105.2.2 ASME. Copies of the referenced
standards may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers, Three Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016 (http://www.asme.org).
ASME A17.1- 2000 Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, including ASME A17.1a-2002 Addenda and ASME A17.1b-2003 Addenda (see 407.1, 408.1, 409.1, and 810.9).
ASME A18.1-1999 Safety Standard for
Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, including ASME A18.1a-2001
Addenda and ASME A18.1b-2001 Addenda (see 410.1).
ASME A18.1-2003 Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts, (see 410.1).
Advisory 105.2.2 ASME. ASME A17.1-2000 is
used by local jurisdictions throughout the United States for the
design, construction, installation, operation, inspection, testing,
maintenance, alteration, and repair of elevators and escalators. The
majority of the requirements apply to the operational machinery not
seen or used by elevator passengers. ASME A17.1 requires a two-way
means of emergency communications in passenger elevators. This means of
communication must connect with emergency or authorized personnel and
not an automated answering system. The communication system must be
push button activated. The activation button must be permanently
identified with the word "HELP." A visual indication acknowledging the
establishment of a communications link to authorized personnel must be
provided. The visual indication must remain on until the call is
terminated by authorized personnel. The building location, the elevator
car number, and the need for assistance must be provided to authorized
personnel answering the emergency call. The use of a handset by the
communications system is prohibited. Only the authorized personnel
answering the call can terminate the call. Operating instructions for
the communications system must be provided in the elevator car.
The provisions for escalators require that
at least two flat steps be provided at the entrance and exit of every
escalator and that steps on escalators be demarcated by yellow lines 2
inches wide maximum along the back and sides of steps.
ASME A18.1-1999 and ASME A18.1-2003 address
the design, construction, installation, operation, inspection, testing,
maintenance and repair of lifts that are intended for transportation of
persons with disabilities. Lifts are classified as: vertical platform
lifts, inclined platform lifts, inclined stairway chairlifts, private
residence vertical platform lifts, private residence inclined platform
lifts, and private residence inclined stairway chairlifts.
This document does not permit the use of
inclined stairway chairlifts which do not provide platforms because
such lifts require the user to transfer to a seat.
ASME A18.1 contains requirements for
runways, which are the spaces in which platforms or seats move. The
standard includes additional provisions for runway enclosures,
electrical equipment and wiring, structural support, headroom clearance
(which is 80 inches minimum), lower level access ramps and pits. The
enclosure walls not used for entry or exit are required to have a grab
bar the full length of the wall on platform lifts. Access ramps are
required to meet requirements similar to those for ramps in Chapter 4
of this document.
Each of the lift types addressed in ASME
A18.1 must meet requirements for capacity, load, speed, travel,
operating devices, and control equipment. The maximum permitted height
for operable parts is consistent with Section 308 of this document. The
standard also addresses attendant operation. However, Section 410.1 of
this document does not permit attendant operation.
105.2.3 ASTM. Copies of the referenced
standards may be obtained from the American Society for Testing and
Materials, 100 Bar Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania 19428 (http://www.astm.org).
ASTM F 1292-99 Standard Specification for
Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground
Equipment (see 1008.2.6.2).
ASTM F 1292-04 Standard Specification for
Impact Attenuation of Surfacing Materials Within the Use Zone of
Playground Equipment (see 1008.2.6.2).
ASTM F 1487-01 Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use (see 106.5).
ASTM F 1951-99 Standard Specification for
Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around
Playground Equipment (see 1008.2.6.1).
Advisory 105.2.3 ASTM. ASTM F 1292-99 and
ASTM F 1292-04 establish a uniform means to measure and compare
characteristics of surfacing materials to determine whether materials
provide a safe surface under and around playground equipment. These
standards are referenced in the play areas requirements of this
document when an accessible surface is required inside a play area use
zone where a fall attenuating surface is also required. The standards
cover the minimum impact attenuation requirements, when tested in
accordance with Test Method F 355, for surface systems to be used under
and around any piece of playground equipment from which a person may
fall.
ASTM F 1487-01 establishes a nationally
recognized safety standard for public playground equipment to address
injuries identified by the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission. It
defines the use zone, which is the ground area beneath and immediately
adjacent to a play structure or play equipment designed for
unrestricted circulation around the equipment and on whose surface it
is predicted that a user would land when falling from or exiting a play
structure or equipment. The play areas requirements in this document
reference the ASTM F 1487 standard when defining accessible routes that
overlap use zones requiring fall attenuating surfaces. If the use zone
of a playground is not entirely surfaced with an accessible material,
at least one accessible route within the use zone must be provided from
the perimeter to all accessible play structures or components within
the playground.
ASTM F 1951-99 establishes a uniform means
to measure the characteristics of surface systems in order to provide
performance specifications to select materials for use as an accessible
surface under and around playground equipment. Surface materials that
comply with this standard and are located in the use zone must also
comply with ASTM F 1292. The test methods in this standard address
access for children and adults who may traverse the surfacing to aid
children who are playing. When a surface is tested it must have an
average work per foot value for straight propulsion and for turning
less than the average work per foot values for straight propulsion and
for turning, respectively, on a hard, smooth surface with a grade of 7%
(1:14).
105.2.4 ICC/IBC. Copies of the referenced standard may be obtained from the
International Code Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls
Church, Virginia 22041 (www.iccsafe.org).
International Building Code, 2000 Edition (see 207.1, 207.2, 216.4.2, 216.4.3, and 1005.2.1).
International Building Code, 2001 Supplement (see 207.1 and 207.2).
International Building Code, 2003 Edition (see 207.1, 207.2, 216.4.2, 216.4.3, and 1005.2.1).
Advisory 105.2.4 ICC/IBC. International
Building Code (IBC)-2000 (including 2001 Supplement to the
International Codes) and IBC-2003 are referenced for means of egress,
areas of refuge, and railings provided on fishing piers and platforms.
At least one accessible means of egress is required for every
accessible space and at least two accessible means of egress are
required where more than one means of egress is required. The technical
criteria for accessible means of egress allow the use of exit stairways
and evacuation elevators when provided in conjunction with horizontal
exits or areas of refuge. While typical elevators are not designed to
be used during an emergency evacuation, evacuation elevators are
designed with standby power and other features according to the
elevator safety standard and can be used for the evacuation of
individuals with disabilities. The IBC also provides requirements for
areas of refuge, which are fire-rated spaces on levels above or below
the exit discharge levels where people unable to use stairs can go to
register a call for assistance and wait for evacuation.
The recreation facilities requirements of
this document references two sections in the IBC for fishing piers and
platforms. An exception addresses the height of the railings, guards,
or handrails where a fishing pier or platform is required to include a
guard, railing, or handrail higher than 34 inches (865 mm) above the
ground or deck surface.
105.2.5 NFPA. Copies of the referenced
standards may be obtained from the National Fire Protection
Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, Massachusetts 02169-7471, (http://www.nfpa.org).
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code, 1999 Edition (see 702.1 and 809.5.2).
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code, 2002 Edition (see 702.1 and 809.5.2).
Advisory 105.2.5 NFPA. NFPA 72-1999 and
NFPA 72-2002 address the application, installation, performance, and
maintenance of protective signaling systems and their components. The
NFPA 72 incorporates Underwriters Laboratory (UL) 1971 by reference.
The standard specifies the characteristics of audible alarms, such as
placement and sound levels. However, Section 702 of these requirements
limits the volume of an audible alarm to 110 dBA, rather than the
maximum 120 dBA permitted by NFPA 72-1999.
NFPA 72 specifies characteristics for
visible alarms, such as flash frequency, color, intensity, placement,
and synchronization. However, Section 702 of this document requires
that visual alarm appliances be permanently installed. UL 1971
specifies intensity dispersion requirements for visible alarms. In
particular, NFPA 72 requires visible alarms to have a light source that
is clear or white and has polar dispersion complying with UL 1971.
106 Definitions
106.1 General. For the purpose of this document, the terms defined in 106.5 have the indicated meaning.
Advisory 106.1 General. Terms defined in Section 106.5 are italicized in the text of this document.
106.2 Terms
Defined in Referenced Standards. Terms not defined in 106.5 or in
regulations issued by the Department of Justice and the Department of
Transportation to implement the Americans with Disabilities Act, but
specifically defined in a referenced standard, shall have the specified
meaning from the referenced standard unless otherwise stated.
106.3 Undefined Terms. The meaning of terms
not specifically defined in 106.5 or in regulations issued by the
Department of Justice and the Department of Transportation to implement
the Americans with Disabilities Act or in referenced standards shall be
as defined by collegiate dictionaries in the sense that the context
implies.
106.4 Interchangeability. Words, terms and
phrases used in the singular include the plural and those used in the
plural include the singular.
106.5 Defined Terms.
Accessible. A site, building, facility, or portion thereof that complies with this part.
Accessible
Means of Egress. A continuous and unobstructed way of egress travel
from any point in a building or facility that provides an accessible route to an area of refuge, a horizontal exit, or a public way.
Addition. An expansion, extension, or increase in the gross floor area or height of a building or facility.
Administrative Authority. A governmental
agency that adopts or enforces regulations and guidelines for the
design, construction, or alteration of buildings and facilities.
Alteration. A
change to a building or facility that affects or could affect the
usability of the building or facility or portion thereof. Alterations
include, but are not limited to, remodeling, renovation,
rehabilitation, reconstruction, historic restoration, resurfacing of
circulation paths or vehicular ways, changes or rearrangement of the
structural parts or elements, and changes or rearrangement in the plan
configuration of walls and full-height partitions. Normal maintenance,
reroofing, painting or wallpapering, or changes to mechanical and
electrical systems are not alterations unless they affect the usability
of the building or facility.
Amusement Attraction. Any facility, or
portion of a facility, located within an amusement park or theme park
which provides amusement without the use of an amusement device.
Amusement attractions include, but are not limited to, fun houses,
barrels, and other attractions without seats.
Amusement Ride. A system that moves persons through a fixed course within a defined area for the purpose of amusement.
Amusement Ride Seat. A seat that is
built-in or mechanically fastened to an amusement ride intended to be
occupied by one or more passengers.
Area of Sport Activity. That portion of a room or space where the play or practice of a sport occurs.
Assembly Area. A building or facility, or portion thereof, used for the purpose of
entertainment, educational or civic gatherings, or similar purposes.
For the purposes of these requirements, assembly areas include, but are
not limited to, classrooms, lecture halls, courtrooms,
public meeting rooms, public hearing rooms, legislative chambers,
motion picture houses, auditoria, theaters, playhouses, dinner
theaters, concert halls, centers for the performing arts,
amphitheaters, arenas, stadiums, grandstands, or convention centers.
Assistive Listening System (ALS). An
amplification system utilizing transmitters, receivers, and coupling
devices to bypass the acoustical space between a sound source and a
listener by means of induction loop, radio frequency, infrared, or
direct-wired equipment.
Boarding Pier. A portion of a pier where a boat is temporarily secured for the purpose of embarking or disembarking.
Boat Launch
Ramp. A sloped surface designed for launching and retrieving trailered
boats and other water craft to and from a body of water.
Boat Slip. That portion of a pier, main pier, finger pier, or float where a boat
is moored for the purpose of berthing, embarking, or disembarking.
Building. Any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy.
Catch Pool. A pool or designated section of a pool used as a terminus for water slide flumes.
Characters. Letters, numbers, punctuation marks and typographic symbols.
Children's Use. Describes spaces and elements specifically designed for use primarily by people 12 years old and younger.
Circulation Path. An exterior or interior
way of passage provided for pedestrian travel, including but not
limited to, walks, hallways, courtyards, elevators, platform lifts, ramps, stairways, and landings.
Closed-Circuit Telephone. A telephone with
a dedicated line such as a house phone, courtesy phone or phone that
must be used to gain entry to a facility.
Common Use. Interior or exterior circulation paths, rooms, spaces, or elements that
are not for public use and are made available for the shared use of two
or more people.
Cross Slope. The slope that is perpendicular to the direction of travel (see running slope).
Curb Ramp. A short ramp cutting through a curb or built up to it.
Detectable
Warning. A standardized surface feature built in or applied to walking
surfaces or other elements to warn of hazards on a circulation path.
Element. An architectural or mechanical component of a building, facility, space, or site.
Elevated Play Component. A play component that is approached above or
below grade and that is part of a composite play structure consisting
of two or more play components attached or functionally linked to
create an integrated unit providing more than one play activity.
Employee Work
Area. All or any portion of a space used only by employees and used
only for work. Corridors, toilet rooms, kitchenettes and break rooms
are not employee work areas.
Entrance. Any
access point to a building or portion of a building or facility used
for the purpose of entering. An entrance includes the approach walk,
the vertical access leading to the entrance platform, the entrance
platform itself, vestibule if provided, the entry door or gate, and the
hardware of the entry door or gate.
Facility. All or any portion of buildings,
structures, site improvements, elements, and pedestrian routes or
vehicular ways located on a site.
Gangway. A variable-sloped pedestrian
walkway that links a fixed structure or land with a floating structure.
Gangways that connect to vessels are not addressed by this document.
Golf Car Passage. A continuous passage on which a motorized golf car can operate.
Ground Level Play Component. A play component that is approached and exited at the ground level.
Key Station. Rapid and light rail stations, and commuter
rail stations, as defined under criteria established by the Department
of Transportation in 49 CFR 37.47 and 49 CFR 37.51, respectively.
Mail Boxes. Receptacles for the receipt of documents, packages, or other
deliverable matter. Mail boxes include, but are not limited to, post
office boxes and receptacles provided by commercial mail-receiving
agencies, apartment facilities, or schools.
Marked Crossing. A crosswalk or other identified path intended for pedestrian use in crossing a vehicular way.
Mezzanine. An
intermediate level or levels between the floor and ceiling of any story
with an aggregate floor area of not more than one-third of the area of
the room or space in which the level or levels are located. Mezzanines
have sufficient elevation that space for human occupancy can be
provided on the floor below.
Occupant Load. The number of persons for which the means of egress of a building or portion of a building is designed.
Operable Part. A component of an element used to insert or withdraw objects, or to activate, deactivate, or adjust the element.
Pictogram. A pictorial symbol that represents activities, facilities, or concepts.
Play Area. A portion of a site containing play components designed and constructed for children.
Play Component. An element intended to
generate specific opportunities for play, socialization, or learning.
Play components are manufactured or natural; and are stand-alone or
part of a composite play structure.
Private Building or Facility. A place of
public accommodation or a commercial building or facility subject to
Title III of the ADA and 28 CFR part 36 or a transportation building or
facility subject to Title III of the ADA and 49 CFR 37.45.
Public Building or Facility. A building or
facility or portion of a building or facility designed, constructed, or
altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of a public entity subject to
Title II of the ADA and 28 CFR part 35 or to Title II of the ADA and 49
CFR 37.41 or 37.43.
Public Entrance. An entrance that is not a service entrance or a restricted entrance.
Public Use. Interior or exterior rooms, spaces, or elements that are made available
to the public. Public use may be provided at a building or facility
that is privately or publicly owned.
Public Way. Any street, alley or other
parcel of land open to the outside air leading to a public street,
which has been deeded, dedicated or otherwise permanently appropriated
to the public for public use and which has a clear width and height of
not less than 10 feet (3050 mm).
Qualified
Historic Building or Facility. A building or facility that is listed in
or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, or
designated as historic under an appropriate State or local law.
Ramp. A walking surface that has a running slope steeper than 1:20.
Residential
Dwelling Unit. A unit intended to be used as a residence, that is
primarily long-term in nature. Residential dwelling units do not
include transient lodging, inpatient medical care, licensed long-term
care, and detention or correctional facilities.
Restricted Entrance. An entrance that is made available for common use on a controlled basis but not public use and that is not a service entrance.
Running Slope. The slope that is parallel to the direction of travel (see cross slope).
Self-Service
Storage. Building or facility designed and used for the purpose of
renting or leasing individual storage spaces to customers for the
purpose of storing and removing personal property on a self-service
basis.
Service Entrance. An entrance intended primarily for delivery of goods or services.
Site. A parcel of land bounded by a property line or a designated portion of a public right-of-way.
Soft Contained Play Structure. A play
structure made up of one or more play components where the user enters
a fully enclosed play environment that utilizes pliable materials, such
as plastic, netting, or fabric.
Space. A definable area, such as a room, toilet room, hall, assembly area, entrance, storage room, alcove, courtyard, or lobby.
Story. That portion of a building or
facility designed for human occupancy included between the upper
surface of a floor and upper surface of the floor or roof next above. A
story containing one or more mezzanines has more than one floor level.
Structural Frame. The columns and the
girders, beams, and trusses having direct connections to the columns
and all other members that are essential to the stability of the
building or facility as a whole.
Tactile. An object that can be perceived using the sense of touch.
Technically Infeasible. With respect to an alteration
of a building or a facility, something that has little likelihood of
being accomplished because existing structural conditions would require
removing or altering a load-bearing member that is an essential part of
the structural frame; or because other existing physical or site
constraints prohibit modification or addition of elements, spaces, or
features that are in full and strict compliance with the minimum
requirements.
Teeing Ground. In golf, the starting place for the hole to be played.
Transfer Device. Equipment designed to
facilitate the transfer of a person from a wheelchair or other mobility
aid to and from an amusement ride seat.
Transient
Lodging. A building or facility containing one or more guest room(s)
for sleeping that provides accommodations that are primarily short-term
in nature. Transient lodging does not include residential dwelling
units intended to be used as a residence, inpatient medical care
facilities, licensed long-term care facilities, detention or
correctional facilities, or private buildings or facilities that
contain not more than five rooms for rent or hire and that are actually
occupied by the proprietor as the residence of such proprietor.
Transition Plate. A sloping pedestrian walking surface located at the end(s) of a gangway.
TTY. An
abbreviation for teletypewriter. Machinery that employs interactive
text-based communication through the transmission of coded signals
across the telephone network. TTYs may include, for example, devices
known as TDDs (telecommunication display devices or telecommunication
devices for deaf persons) or computers with special modems. TTYs are
also called text telephones.
Use Zone. The ground level area beneath and immediately adjacent to a play structure or play equipment that is designated by ASTM
F 1487 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in
Chapter 1) for unrestricted circulation around the play equipment and
where it is predicted that a user would land when falling from or
exiting the play equipment.
Vehicular Way. A route provided for vehicular traffic, such as in a street, driveway, or parking facility.
Walk. An exterior prepared surface for pedestrian use, including pedestrian areas such as plazas and courts.
Wheelchair Space. Space for a single wheelchair and its occupant.
Work Area Equipment. Any machine,
instrument, engine, motor, pump, conveyor, or other apparatus used to
perform work. As used in this document, this term shall apply only to
equipment that is permanently installed or built-in in employee work areas. Work area equipment does not include passenger elevators and other accessible means of vertical transportation.
ADA CHAPTER 2: SCOPING REQUIREMENTS
201 Application
201.1 Scope. All areas of newly designed
and newly constructed buildings and facilities and altered portions of
existing buildings and facilities shall comply with these requirements.
Advisory 201.1 Scope. These requirements
are to be applied to all areas of a facility unless exempted, or where
scoping limits the number of multiple elements required to be
accessible. For example, not all medical care patient rooms are
required to be accessible; those that are not required to be accessible
are not required to comply with these requirements. However, common use
and public use spaces such as recovery rooms, examination rooms, and
cafeterias are not exempt from these requirements and must be
accessible.
201.2 Application Based on Building or
Facility Use. Where a site, building, facility, room, or space contains
more than one use, each portion shall comply with the applicable
requirements for that use.
201.3 Temporary and Permanent Structures. These requirements shall apply to temporary and permanent buildings and facilities.
Advisory 201.3 Temporary and Permanent
Structures. Temporary buildings or facilities covered by these
requirements include, but are not limited to, reviewing stands,
temporary classrooms, bleacher areas, stages, platforms and daises,
fixed furniture systems, wall systems, and exhibit areas, temporary
banking facilities, and temporary health screening facilities.
Structures and equipment directly associated with the actual processes
of construction are not required to be accessible as permitted in 203.2.
202 Existing Buildings and Facilities
202.1 General. Additions and alterations to existing buildings or facilities shall comply with 202.
202.2 Additions. Each addition to an
existing building or facility shall comply with the requirements for
new construction. Each addition that affects or could affect the
usability of or access to an area containing a primary function shall
comply with 202.4.
202.3 Alterations. Where existing elements
or spaces are altered, each altered element or space shall comply with
the applicable requirements of Chapter 2.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Unless required by 202.4,
where elements or spaces are altered and the circulation path to the
altered element or space is not altered, an accessible route shall not be required.
2. In alterations, where compliance with
applicable requirements is technically infeasible, the alteration shall
comply with the requirements to the maximum extent feasible.
3. Residential
dwelling units not required to be accessible in compliance with a
standard issued pursuant to the Americans with Disabilities Act or
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, shall not be
required to comply with 202.3.
Advisory 202.3 Alterations. Although
covered entities are permitted to limit the scope of an alteration to
individual elements, the alteration of multiple elements within a room
or space may provide a cost-effective opportunity to make the entire
room or space accessible. Any elements or spaces of the building or
facility that are required to comply with these requirements must be
made accessible within the scope of the alteration, to the maximum
extent feasible. If providing accessibility in compliance with these
requirements for people with one type of disability (e.g., people who
use wheelchairs) is not feasible, accessibility must still be provided
in compliance with the requirements for people with other types of
disabilities (e.g., people who have hearing impairments or who have
vision impairments) to the extent that such accessibility is feasible.
202.3.1 Prohibited Reduction in Access. An alteration
that decreases or has the effect of decreasing the accessibility of a
building or facility below the requirements for new construction at the
time of the alteration is prohibited.
202.3.2 Extent of Application. An
alteration of an existing element, space, or area of a building or
facility shall not impose a requirement for accessibility greater than
required for new construction.
202.4 Alterations Affecting Primary
Function Areas. In addition to the requirements of 202.3, an alteration
that affects or could affect the usability of or access to an area
containing a primary function shall be made so as to ensure that, to
the maximum extent feasible, the path of travel to the altered area,
including the rest rooms, telephones, and drinking
fountains serving the altered area, are readily accessible to and
usable by individuals with disabilities, unless such alterations are
disproportionate to the overall alterations in terms of cost and scope
as determined under criteria established by the Attorney General. In
existing transportation facilities, an
area of primary function shall be as defined under regulations
published by the Secretary of the Department of Transportation or the
Attorney General.
EXCEPTION: Residential dwelling units shall not be required to comply with 202.4.
Advisory 202.4 Alterations Affecting
Primary Function Areas. An area of a building or facility containing a
major activity for which the building or facility is intended is a
primary function area. Department of Justice ADA regulations state,
"Alterations made to provide an accessible path of travel to the
altered area will be deemed disproportionate to the overall alteration
when the cost exceeds 20% of the cost of the alteration to the primary
function area." (28 CFR 36.403 (f)(1)). See also Department of
Transportation ADA regulations, which use similar concepts in the
context of public sector transportation facilities (49 CFR 37.43
(e)(1)).
There can be multiple areas containing a
primary function in a single building. Primary function areas are not
limited to public use areas. For example, both a bank lobby and the
bank's employee areas such as the teller areas and walk-in safe are
primary function areas.
Also, mixed use facilities may include numerous primary function areas for each
use. Areas containing a primary function do not include: mechanical rooms,
boiler rooms, supply storage rooms, employee lounges or locker rooms, janitorial
closets, entrances, corridors, or restrooms.
202.5 Alterations to Qualified Historic Buildings and Facilities. Alterations to a qualified historic building or facility shall comply with 202.3 and 202.4.
EXCEPTION: Where the State Historic
Preservation Officer or Advisory Council on Historic Preservation
determines that compliance with the requirements for accessible routes, entrances, or toilet
facilities would threaten or destroy the historic significance of the
building or facility, the exceptions for alterations to qualified
historic buildings or facilities for that element shall be permitted to
apply.
Advisory 202.5 Alterations to Qualified
Historic Buildings and Facilities Exception. State Historic
Preservation Officers are State appointed officials who carry out
certain responsibilities under the National Historic Preservation Act.
State Historic Preservation Officers consult with Federal and State
agencies, local governments, and private entities on providing access
and protecting significant elements of qualified historic buildings and
facilities. There are exceptions for alterations to qualified historic
buildings and facilities for accessible routes (206.2.1 Exception 1 and
206.2.3 Exception 7); entrances (206.4 Exception 2); and toilet
facilities (213.2 Exception 2). When an entity believes that compliance
with the requirements for any of these elements would threaten or
destroy the historic significance of the building or facility, the
entity should consult with the State Historic Preservation Officer. If
the State Historic Preservation Officer agrees that compliance with the
requirements for a specific element would threaten or destroy the
historic significance of the building or facility, use of the exception
is permitted. Public entities have an additional obligation to achieve
program accessibility under the Department of Justice ADA regulations.
See 28 CFR 35.150. These regulations require public entities that
operate historic preservation programs to give priority to methods that
provide physical access to individuals with disabilities. If
alterations to a qualified historic building or facility to achieve
program accessibility would threaten or destroy the historic
significance of the building or facility, fundamentally alter the
program, or result in undue financial or administrative burdens, the
Department of Justice ADA regulations allow alternative methods to be
used to achieve program accessibility. In the case of historic
preservation programs, such as an historic house museum, alternative
methods include using audio-visual materials to depict portions of the
house that cannot otherwise be made accessible. In the case of other
qualified historic properties, such as an historic government office
building, alternative methods include relocating programs and services
to accessible locations. The Department of Justice ADA regulations also
allow public entities to use alternative methods when altering
qualified historic buildings or facilities in the rare situations where
the State Historic Preservation Officer determines that it is not
feasible to provide physical access using the exceptions permitted in
Section 202.5 without threatening or destroying the historic
significance of the building or facility. See 28 CFR 35.151(d).
The AccessAbility Office at the National Endowment for the Arts (NEA)
provides a variety of resources for museum operators and historic
properties including: the Design for Accessibility Guide and the
Disability Symbols. Contact NEA about these and other resources at
(202) 682-5532 or www.arts.gov.
203 General Exceptions
203.1 General. Sites, buildings, facilities, and elements are exempt from these requirements to the extent specified by 203.
203.2 Construction
Sites. Structures and sites directly associated with the actual
processes of construction, including but not limited to, scaffolding,
bridging, materials hoists, materials storage, and construction
trailers shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to
be on an accessible route. Portable
toilet units provided for use exclusively by construction personnel on
a construction site shall not be required to comply with 213 or to be
on an accessible route.
203.3 Raised
Areas. Areas raised primarily for purposes of security, life safety, or
fire safety, including but not limited to, observation or lookout
galleries, prison guard towers, fire towers, or life guard stands shall
not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an
accessible route.
203.4 Limited Access Spaces. Spaces
accessed only by ladders, catwalks, crawl spaces, or very narrow
passageways shall not be required to comply with these requirements or
to be on an accessible route.
203.5 Machinery
Spaces. Spaces frequented only by service personnel for maintenance,
repair, or occasional monitoring of equipment shall not be required to
comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.
Machinery spaces include, but are not limited to, elevator
pits or elevator penthouses; mechanical, electrical or communications
equipment rooms; piping or equipment catwalks; water or sewage
treatment pump rooms and stations; electric substations and transformer
vaults; and highway and tunnel utility facilities.
203.6 Single Occupant Structures. Single
occupant structures accessed only by passageways below grade or
elevated above standard curb height, including but not limited to, toll
booths that are accessed only by underground tunnels, shall not be
required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible
route.
203.7 Detention and Correctional Facilities. In detention and correctional facilities, common use areas that are used only by inmates or detainees and security personnel and that do not serve holding cells
or housing cells required to comply with 232, shall not be required to
comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.
203.8 Residential Facilities. In residential facilities, common use areas that do not serve residential
dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with
809.2 through 809.4 shall not be required to comply with these
requirements or to be on an accessible route.
203.9 Employee
Work Areas. Spaces and elements within employee work areas shall only
be required to comply with 206.2.8, 207.1, and 215.3 and shall be
designed and constructed so that individuals with disabilities can
approach, enter, and exit the employee work area. Employee work areas,
or portions of employee work areas, other than raised courtroom
stations, that are less than 300 square feet (28 m2) and elevated 7
inches (180 mm) or more above the finish floor or ground where the
elevation is essential to the function of the space shall not be
required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.
Advisory 203.9 Employee Work Areas. Although areas used exclusively by employees for work are not required
to be fully accessible, consider designing such areas to include
non-required turning spaces, and provide accessible elements whenever
possible. Under the ADA, employees with disabilities are entitled to
reasonable accommodations in the workplace; accommodations can include
alterations to spaces within the facility. Designing employee work
areas to be more accessible at the outset will avoid more costly
retrofits when current employees become temporarily or permanently
disabled, or when new employees with disabilities are hired. Contact
the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) at www.eeoc.gov for information about title I of the ADA prohibiting discrimination against people with disabilities in the workplace.
203.10 Raised Refereeing, Judging, and
Scoring Areas. Raised structures used solely for refereeing, judging,
or scoring a sport shall not be required to comply with these
requirements or to be on an accessible route.
203.11 Water Slides. Water slides shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.
203.12 Animal Containment Areas. Animal containment areas that are not for public use shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible route.
Advisory 203.12 Animal Containment Areas. Public circulation routes where animals may travel, such as in petting
zoos and passageways alongside animal pens in State fairs, are not
eligible for the exception.
203.13 Raised Boxing
or Wrestling Rings. Raised boxing or wrestling rings shall not be
required to comply with these requirements or to be on an accessible
route.
203.14 Raised Diving
Boards and Diving Platforms. Raised diving boards and diving platforms
shall not be required to comply with these requirements or to be on an
accessible route.
204 Protruding Objects
204.1 General. Protruding objects on circulation paths shall comply with 307.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Within areas of sport
activity, protruding objects on circulation paths shall not be required
to comply with 307.
2. Within play
areas, protruding objects on circulation paths shall not be required to
comply with 307 provided that ground level accessible routes provide vertical clearance in compliance with 1008.2.
205 Operable Parts
205.1 General. Operable parts on accessible
elements, accessible routes, and in accessible rooms and spaces shall
comply with 309.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Operable parts that are
intended for use only by service or maintenance personnel shall not be
required to comply with 309.
2. Electrical or communication receptacles serving a dedicated use shall not be required to comply with 309.
3. Where two or more outlets are provided
in a kitchen above a length of counter top that is uninterrupted by a
sink or appliance, one outlet shall not be required to comply with 309.
4. Floor electrical receptacles shall not be required to comply with 309.
5. HVAC diffusers shall not be required to comply with 309.
6. Except for light switches, where
redundant controls are provided for a single element, one control in
each space shall not be required to comply with 309.
7. Cleats and other boat securement devices shall not be required to comply with 309.3.
8. Exercise machines and exercise equipment shall not be required to comply with 309.
Advisory 205.1 General. Controls covered by
205.1 include, but are not limited to, light switches, circuit
breakers, duplexes and other convenience receptacles, environmental and
appliance controls, plumbing fixture controls, and security and
intercom systems.
206 Accessible Routes
206.1 General. Accessible routes shall be provided in accordance with 206 and shall comply with Chapter 4.
206.2 Where Required. Accessible routes shall be provided where required by 206.2.
206.2.1 Site Arrival Points. At least one accessible route shall be provided within the site from accessible parking spaces and accessible passenger loading zones; public streets and sidewalks; and public transportation stops to the accessible building or facility entrance they serve.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic
buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no more than one
accessible route from a site arrival point to an accessible entrance
shall be required.
2. An accessible route shall not be
required between site arrival points and the building or facility
entrance if the only means of access between them is a vehicular way
not providing pedestrian access.
Advisory 206.2.1 Site Arrival Points. Each
site arrival point must be connected by an accessible route to the
accessible building entrance or entrances served. Where two or more
similar site arrival points, such as bus stops, serve the same
accessible entrance or entrances, both bus stops must be on accessible
routes. In addition, the accessible routes must serve all of the
accessible entrances on the site.
Advisory 206.2.1 Site Arrival Points
Exception 2. Access from site arrival points may include vehicular
ways. Where a vehicular way, or a portion of a vehicular way, is
provided for pedestrian travel, such as within a shopping center or shopping mall parking lot, this exception does not apply.
206.2.2 Within a Site. At least one accessible
route shall connect accessible buildings, accessible facilities,
accessible elements, and accessible spaces that are on the same site.
EXCEPTION: An accessible route shall not be
required between accessible buildings, accessible facilities,
accessible elements, and accessible spaces if the only means of access
between them is a vehicular way not providing pedestrian access.
Advisory 206.2.2 Within a Site. An
accessible route is required to connect to the boundary of each area of
sport activity. Examples of areas of sport activity include: soccer
fields, basketball courts, baseball fields, running tracks, skating
rinks, and the area surrounding a piece of gymnastic equipment. While
the size of an area of sport activity may vary from sport to sport,
each includes only the space needed to play. Where multiple sports
fields or courts are provided, an accessible route is required to each
field or area of sport activity.
206.2.3 Multi-Story Buildings and Facilities. At least one accessible route shall connect each story and mezzanine in multi-story buildings and facilities.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In private buildings or
facilities that are less than three stories or that have less than 3000
square feet (279 m2) per story, an accessible route shall not be
required to connect stories provided that the building or facility is
not a shopping center, a shopping mall, the professional office of a
health care provider, a terminal, depot or other station used for
specified public transportation, an airport passenger terminal, or
another type of facility as determined by the Attorney General.
2. Where a two story public building or
facility has one story with an occupant load of five or fewer persons
that does not contain public use space, that story shall not be required to be connected to the story above or below.
3. In detention and correctional facilities, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories where cells with mobility features required to comply with 807.2, all common
use areas serving cells with mobility features required to comply with
807.2, and all public use areas are on an accessible route.
4. In residential facilities, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories where residential
dwelling units with mobility features required to comply with 809.2 through 809.4, all common use areas serving residential dwelling units
with mobility features required to comply with 809.2 through 809.4, and
public use areas serving residential dwelling units are on an
accessible route.
5. Within multi-story transient
lodging guest rooms with mobility features required to comply with
806.2, an accessible route shall not be required to connect stories
provided that spaces complying with 806.2 are on an accessible route
and sleeping accommodations for two persons minimum are provided on a
story served by an accessible route.
6. In air traffic control towers, an accessible route shall not be required to serve the cab and the floor immediately below the cab.
7. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, an accessible route shall not be required to stories located above or below the accessible story.
Advisory 206.2.3 Multi-Story Buildings and
Facilities. Spaces and elements located on a level not required to be
served by an accessible route must fully comply with this document.
While a mezzanine may be a change in level, it is not a story. If an
accessible route is required to connect stories within a building or
facility, the accessible route must serve all mezzanines.
Advisory 206.2.3 Multi-Story Buildings and
Facilities Exception 4. Where common use areas are provided for the use
of residents, it is presumed that all such common use areas "serve"
accessible dwelling units unless use is restricted to residents
occupying certain dwelling units. For example, if all residents are
permitted to use all laundry rooms, then all laundry rooms "serve"
accessible dwelling units. However, if the laundry room on the first
floor is restricted to use by residents on the first floor, and the
second floor laundry room is for use by occupants of the second floor,
then first floor accessible units are "served" only by laundry rooms on
the first floor. In this example, an accessible route is not required
to the second floor provided that all accessible units and all common
use areas serving them are on the first floor.
206.2.3.1 Stairs and Escalators in Existing Buildings. In alterations and additions,
where an escalator or stair is provided where none existed previously
and major structural modifications are necessary for the installation,
an accessible route shall be provided between the levels served by the
escalator or stair unless exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7.
206.2.4 Spaces and Elements. At least one accessible route shall connect accessible building or facility entrances
with all accessible spaces and elements within the building or facility
which are otherwise connected by a circulation path unless exempted by
206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Raised courtroom stations, including judges' benches,
clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, and
court reporters' stations shall not be required to provide vertical
access provided that the required clear floor space, maneuvering space,
and, if appropriate, electrical service are installed at the time of
initial construction to allow future installation of a means of
vertical access complying with 405, 407, 408, or 410 without requiring
substantial reconstruction of the space.
2. In assembly
areas with fixed seating required to comply with 221, an accessible
route shall not be required to serve fixed seating where wheelchair spaces required to be on an accessible route are not provided.
3. Accessible routes shall not be required to connect mezzanines
where buildings or facilities have no more than one story. In addition,
accessible routes shall not be required to connect stories or
mezzanines where multi-story buildings or facilities are exempted by
206.2.3 Exceptions 1 through 7.
Advisory 206.2.4 Spaces and Elements. Accessible routes must connect all spaces and elements required to be
accessible including, but not limited to, raised areas and speaker
platforms.
Advisory 206.2.4 Spaces and Elements
Exception 1. The exception does not apply to areas that are likely to
be used by members of the public who are not employees of the court
such as jury areas, attorney areas, or witness stands.
206.2.5 Restaurants and Cafeterias. In restaurants and cafeterias, an accessible route shall be provided to all dining areas, including raised or sunken dining areas, and outdoor dining areas.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In buildings or facilities
not required to provide an accessible route between stories, an
accessible route shall not be required to a mezzanine
dining area where the mezzanine contains less than 25 percent of the
total combined area for seating and dining and where the same decor and
services are provided in the accessible area.
2. In alterations,
an accessible route shall not be required to existing raised or sunken
dining areas, or to all parts of existing outdoor dining areas where
the same services and decor are provided in an accessible space usable
by the public and not restricted to use by people with disabilities.
3. In sports facilities, tiered dining
areas providing seating required to comply with 221 shall be required
to have accessible routes serving at least 25 percent of the dining
area provided that accessible routes serve seating complying with 221
and each tier is provided with the same services.
Advisory 206.2.5 Restaurants and Cafeterias
Exception 2. Examples of "same services" include, but are not limited
to, bar service, rooms having smoking and non-smoking sections, lotto
and other table games, carry-out, and buffet service. Examples of "same
decor" include, but are not limited to, seating at or near windows and
railings with views, areas designed with a certain theme, party and
banquet rooms, and rooms where entertainment is provided.
206.2.6 Performance
Areas. Where a circulation path directly connects a performance area to
an assembly seating area, an accessible route shall directly connect
the assembly seating area with the performance area. An accessible
route shall be provided from performance areas to ancillary areas or
facilities used by performers unless exempted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1
through 7.
206.2.7 Press Boxes. Press boxes in assembly areas shall be on an accessible route.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. An accessible route shall
not be required to press boxes in bleachers that have points of entry
at only one level provided that the aggregate area of all press boxes
is 500 square feet (46 m2) maximum.
2. An accessible route shall not be
required to free-standing press boxes that are elevated above grade 12
feet (3660 mm) minimum provided that the aggregate area of all press
boxes is 500 square feet (46 m2) maximum.
Advisory 206.2.7 Press Boxes Exception 2. Where a facility contains multiple assembly areas, the aggregate area
of the press boxes in each assembly area is to be calculated
separately. For example, if a university has a soccer stadium with
three press boxes elevated 12 feet (3660 mm) or more above grade and
each press box is 150 square feet (14 m2), then the aggregate area of
the soccer stadium press boxes is less than 500 square feet (46 m2) and
Exception 2 applies to the soccer stadium. If that same university also
has a football stadium with two press boxes elevated 12 feet (3660 mm)
or more above grade and one press box is 250 square feet (23 m2), and
the second is 275 square feet (26 m2), then the aggregate area of the
football stadium press boxes is more than 500 square feet (46 m2) and
Exception 2 does not apply to the football stadium.
206.2.8 Employee Work Areas. Common use circulation paths within employee work areas shall comply with 402.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Common use circulation paths
located within employee work areas that are less than 1000 square feet
(93 m2) and defined by permanently installed partitions, counters, casework, or furnishings shall not be required to comply with 402.
2. Common use circulation paths located
within employee work areas that are an integral component of work area
equipment shall not be required to comply with 402.
3. Common use circulation paths located
within exterior employee work areas that are fully exposed to the
weather shall not be required to comply with 402.
Advisory 206.2.8 Employee Work Areas
Exception 1. Modular furniture that is not permanently installed is not
directly subject to these requirements. The Department of Justice ADA
regulations provide additional guidance regarding the relationship
between these requirements and elements that are not part of the built
environment. Additionally, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission
(EEOC) implements title I of the ADA which requires non-discrimination
in the workplace. EEOC can provide guidance regarding employers'
obligations to provide reasonable accommodations for employees with
disabilities.
Advisory 206.2.8 Employee Work Areas
Exception 2. Large pieces of equipment, such as electric turbines or
water pumping apparatus, may have stairs and elevated walkways used for
overseeing or monitoring purposes which are physically part of the
turbine or pump. However, passenger elevators used for vertical
transportation between stories are not considered "work area equipment"
as defined in Section 106.5.
206.2.9 Amusement Rides. Amusement rides required to comply with 234 shall provide accessible
routes in accordance with 206.2.9. Accessible routes serving amusement
rides shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1002.2.
206.2.9.1 Load and Unload Areas. Load and
unload areas shall be on an accessible route. Where load and unload
areas have more than one loading or unloading position, at least one
loading and unloading position shall be on an accessible route.
206.2.9.2 Wheelchair Spaces, Ride Seats Designed for Transfer, and Transfer Devices. When amusement
rides are in the load and unload position, wheelchair spaces complying
with 1002.4, amusement ride seats designed for transfer complying with
1002.5, and transfer devices complying with 1002.6 shall be on an accessible route.
206.2.10 Recreational Boating Facilities. Boat slips required to comply with 235.2 and boarding piers at boat
launch ramps required to comply with 235.3 shall be on an accessible
route. Accessible routes serving recreational boating facilities shall
comply with Chapter 4, except as modified by 1003.2.
206.2.11 Bowling
Lanes. Where bowling lanes are provided, at least 5 percent, but no
fewer than one of each type of bowling lane, shall be on an accessible
route.
206.2.12 Court Sports. In court sports, at least one accessible route shall directly connect both sides of the court.
206.2.13 Exercise Machines and Equipment. Exercise machines and equipment required to comply with 236 shall be on an accessible route.
206.2.14 Fishing
Piers and Platforms. Fishing piers and platforms shall be on an
accessible route. Accessible routes serving fishing piers and platforms
shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1005.1.
206.2.15 Golf
Facilities. At least one accessible route shall connect accessible
elements and spaces within the boundary of the golf course. In
addition, accessible routes serving golf car rental areas; bag drop
areas; course weather shelters complying with 238.2.3; course toilet rooms; and practice putting greens, practice teeing
grounds, and teeing stations at driving ranges complying with 238.3
shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by 1006.2.
EXCEPTION: Golf car passages complying with 1006.3 shall be permitted to be used for all or part of accessible routes required by 206.2.15.
206.2.16 Miniature
Golf Facilities. Holes required to comply with 239.2, including the
start of play, shall be on an accessible route. Accessible routes
serving miniature golf facilities shall comply with Chapter 4 except as
modified by 1007.2.
206.2.17 Play
Areas. Play areas shall provide accessible routes in accordance with
206.2.17. Accessible routes serving play areas shall comply with
Chapter 4 except as modified by 1008.2.
206.2.17.1 Ground Level and Elevated Play
Components. At least one accessible route shall be provided within the
play area. The accessible route shall connect ground level play
components required to comply with 240.2.1 and elevated play components
required to comply with 240.2.2, including entry and exit points of the
play components.
206.2.17.2 Soft Contained Play Structures. Where three or fewer entry points are provided for soft contained play
structures, at least one entry point shall be on an accessible route.
Where four or more entry points are provided for soft contained play
structures, at least two entry points shall be on an accessible route.
206.3 Location. Accessible
routes shall coincide with or be located in the same area as general
circulation paths. Where circulation paths are interior, required
accessible routes shall also be interior.
Advisory 206.3 Location. The accessible
route must be in the same area as the general circulation path. This
means that circulation paths, such as vehicular ways designed for
pedestrian traffic, walks, and unpaved paths that are designed to be
routinely used by pedestrians must be accessible or have an accessible
route nearby. Additionally, accessible vertical interior circulation
must be in the same area as stairs and escalators, not isolated in the
back of the facility.
206.4 Entrances. Entrances shall be provided in accordance with 206.4. Entrance doors, doorways, and gates shall comply with 404 and shall be on an accessible route complying with 402.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where an alteration
includes alterations to an entrance, and the building or facility has
another entrance complying with 404 that is on an accessible route, the
altered entrance shall not be required to comply with 206.4 unless
required by 202.4.
2. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic
buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no more than one public
entrance shall be required to comply with 206.4. Where no public
entrance can comply with 206.4 under criteria established in 202.5
Exception, then either an unlocked entrance not used by the public
shall comply with 206.4; or a locked entrance complying with 206.4 with
a notification system or remote monitoring shall be provided.
206.4.1 Public Entrances. In addition to
entrances required by 206.4.2 through 206.4.9, at least 60 percent of
all public entrances shall comply with 404.
206.4.2 Parking
Structure Entrances. Where direct access is provided for pedestrians
from a parking structure to a building or facility entrance, each
direct access to the building or facility entrance shall comply with
404.
206.4.3 Entrances from Tunnels or Elevated
Walkways. Where direct access is provided for pedestrians from a
pedestrian tunnel or elevated walkway to a building or facility, at
least one direct entrance to the building or facility from each tunnel
or walkway shall comply with 404.
206.4.4 Transportation
Facilities. In addition to the requirements of 206.4.2, 206.4.3, and
206.4.5 through 206.4.9, transportation facilities shall provide
entrances in accordance with 206.4.4.
206.4.4.1 Location. In transportation
facilities, where different entrances serve different transportation
fixed routes or groups of fixed routes, at least one public entrance
serving each fixed route or group of fixed routes shall comply with 404.
EXCEPTION: Entrances to key stations and existing intercity
rail stations retrofitted in accordance with 49 CFR 37.49 or 49 CFR
37.51 shall not be required to comply with 206.4.4.1.
206.4.4.2 Direct Connections. Direct connections to other facilities shall provide an accessible
route complying with 404 from the point of connection to boarding
platforms and all transportation system elements required to be
accessible. Any elements provided to facilitate future direct
connections shall be on an accessible route connecting boarding
platforms and all transportation system elements required to be
accessible.
EXCEPTION: In key stations and existing intercity rail stations, existing direct connections shall not be required to comply with 404.
206.4.4.3 Key Stations and Intercity Rail
Stations. Key stations and existing intercity rail stations required by
Subpart C of 49 CFR part 37 to be altered, shall have at least one entrance complying with 404.
206.4.5 Tenant Spaces. At least one accessible entrance to each tenancy in a facility shall comply with 404.
EXCEPTION: Self-service storage facilities not required to comply with 225.3 shall not be required to be on an accessible route.
206.4.6 Residential Dwelling Unit Primary Entrance. In residential dwelling units, at least one primary entrance shall
comply with 404. The primary entrance to a residential dwelling unit
shall not be to a bedroom.
206.4.7 Restricted Entrances. Where
restricted entrances are provided to a building or facility, at least
one restricted entrance to the building or facility shall comply with
404.
206.4.8 Service Entrances. If a service
entrance is the only entrance to a building or to a tenancy in a
facility, that entrance shall comply with 404.
206.4.9 Entrances for Inmates or Detainees. Where entrances used only by inmates or detainees and security
personnel are provided at judicial facilities, detention facilities, or correctional facilities, at least one such entrance shall comply with 404.
206.5 Doors, Doorways, and Gates. Doors, doorways, and gates providing user passage shall be provided in accordance with 206.5.
206.5.1 Entrances. Each entrance to a
building or facility required to comply with 206.4 shall have at least
one door, doorway, or gate complying with 404.
206.5.2 Rooms and Spaces. Within a building
or facility, at least one door, doorway, or gate serving each room or
space complying with these requirements shall comply with 404.
206.5.3 Transient
Lodging Facilities. In transient lodging facilities, entrances, doors,
and doorways providing user passage into and within guest rooms that
are not required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2
shall comply with 404.2.3.
EXCEPTION: Shower and sauna doors in guest
rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with
806.2 shall not be required to comply with 404.2.3.
206.5.4 Residential
Dwelling Units. In residential dwelling units required to provide
mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4, all doors and
doorways providing user passage shall comply with 404.
206.6 Elevators. Elevators provided for passengers shall comply with 407. Where multiple
elevators are provided, each elevator shall comply with 407.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In a building or facility
permitted to use the exceptions to 206.2.3 or permitted by 206.7 to use
a platform lift, elevators complying with 408 shall be permitted.
2. Elevators complying with 408 or 409 shall be permitted in multi-story residential dwelling units.
206.6.1 Existing
Elevators. Where elements of existing elevators are altered, the same
element shall also be altered in all elevators that are programmed to
respond to the same hall call control as the altered elevator and shall
comply with the requirements of 407 for the altered element.
206.7 Platform Lifts. Platform lifts shall comply with 410. Platform lifts shall be permitted as a component of an accessible
route in new construction in accordance with 206.7. Platform lifts
shall be permitted as a component of an accessible route in an existing
building or facility.
206.7.1 Performance
Areas and Speakers' Platforms. Platform lifts shall be permitted to
provide accessible routes to performance areas and speakers' platforms.
206.7.2 Wheelchair Spaces. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to comply with the wheelchair space dispersion and line-of-sight requirements of 221 and 802.
206.7.3 Incidental Spaces. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to incidental spaces which are not public use spaces and which are occupied by five persons maximum.
206.7.4 Judicial Spaces. Platform lifts
shall be permitted to provide an accessible route to: jury boxes and
witness stands; raised courtroom stations including, judges' benches,
clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, and
court reporters' stations; and to depressed areas such as the well of a
court.
206.7.5 Existing Site Constraints. Platform lifts shall be permitted where existing exterior site constraints make use of a ramp or elevator infeasible.
Advisory 206.7.5 Existing Site Constraints. This exception applies where topography or other similar existing site
constraints necessitate the use of a platform lift as the only feasible
alternative. While the site constraint must reflect exterior
conditions, the lift can be installed in the interior of a building.
For example, a new building constructed between and connected to two
existing buildings may have insufficient space to coordinate floor
levels and also to provide ramped entry from the public way. In this
example, an exterior or interior platform lift could be used to provide
an accessible entrance or to coordinate one or more interior floor
levels.
206.7.6 Guest Rooms and Residential Dwelling Units. Platform lifts shall be permitted to connect levels within transient
lodging guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying
with 806.2 or residential dwelling units required to provide mobility
features complying with 809.2 through 809.4.
206.7.7 Amusement Rides. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes to load and unload areas serving amusement rides.
206.7.8 Play
Areas. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide accessible routes
to play components or soft contained play structures.
206.7.9 Team
or Player Seating. Platform lifts shall be permitted to provide
accessible routes to team or player seating areas serving areas of
sport activity.
Advisory 206.7.9 Team or Player Seating. While the use of platform lifts is allowed, ramps are recommended to
provide access to player seating areas serving an area of sport
activity.
206.7.10 Recreational Boating Facilities and Fishing
Piers and Platforms. Platform lifts shall be permitted to be used
instead of gangways that are part of accessible routes serving
recreational boating facilities and fishing piers and platforms.
206.8 Security
Barriers. Security barriers, including but not limited to, security
bollards and security check points, shall not obstruct a required
accessible route or accessible means of egress.
EXCEPTION: Where security barriers
incorporate elements that cannot comply with these requirements such as
certain metal detectors, fluoroscopes, or other similar devices, the
accessible route shall be permitted to be located adjacent to security
screening devices. The accessible route shall permit persons with
disabilities passing around security barriers to maintain visual
contact with their personal items to the same extent provided others
passing through the security barrier.
207 Accessible Means of Egress
207.1 General. Means of egress shall comply
with section 1003.2.13 of the International Building Code (2000 edition
and 2001 Supplement) or section 1007 of the International Building Code
(2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where means of egress are
permitted by local building or life safety codes to share a common path
of egress travel, accessible means of egress shall be permitted to share a common path of egress travel.
2. Areas of refuge shall not be required in detention and correctional facilities.
207.2 Platform Lifts. Standby power shall
be provided for platform lifts permitted by section 1003.2.13.4 of the
International Building Code (2000 edition and 2001 Supplement) or
section 1007.5 of the International Building Code (2003 edition)
(incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) to
serve as a part of an accessible means of egress.
208 Parking Spaces
208.1 General. Where parking spaces are provided, parking spaces shall be provided in accordance with 208.
EXCEPTION: Parking spaces used exclusively
for buses, trucks, other delivery vehicles, law enforcement vehicles,
or vehicular impound shall not be required to comply with 208 provided
that lots accessed by the public are provided with a passenger loading
zone complying with 503.
208.2 Minimum Number. Parking spaces
complying with 502 shall be provided in accordance with Table 208.2
except as required by 208.2.1, 208.2.2, and 208.2.3. Where more than
one parking facility is provided on a site, the number of accessible
spaces provided on the site shall be calculated according to the number
of spaces required for each parking facility.
Table 208.2 Parking Spaces
Total Number of Parking Spaces
Provided in Parking Facility
|
Minimum Number of Required
Accessible Parking Spaces
|
1 to 25
|
1
|
26 to 50
|
2
|
51 to 75
|
3
|
76 to 100
|
4
|
101 to 150
|
5
|
151 to 200
|
6
|
201 to 300
|
7
|
301 to 400
|
8
|
401 to 500
|
9
|
501 to 1000
|
2 percent of total
|
1001 and over
|
20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof,
over 1000
|
Advisory 208.2 Minimum Number. The term
"parking facility" is used Section 208.2 instead of the term "parking
lot" so that it is clear that both parking lots and parking structures
are required to comply with this section. The number of parking spaces
required to be accessible is to be calculated separately for each
parking facility; the required number is not to be based on the total
number of parking spaces provided in all of the parking facilities
provided on the site.
208.2.1 Hospital Outpatient Facilities. Ten percent of patient and visitor parking spaces provided to serve hospital outpatient facilities shall comply with 502.
Advisory 208.2.1 Hospital Outpatient
Facilities. The term "outpatient facility" is not defined in this
document but is intended to cover facilities or units that are located
in hospitals and that provide regular and continuing medical treatment
without an overnight stay. Doctors' offices, independent clinics, or
other facilities not located in hospitals are not considered hospital
outpatient facilities for purposes of this document.
208.2.2 Rehabilitation Facilities and
Outpatient Physical Therapy Facilities. Twenty percent of patient and
visitor parking spaces provided to serve rehabilitation facilities
specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility and outpatient
physical therapy facilities shall comply with 502.
Advisory 208.2.2 Rehabilitation Facilities
and Outpatient Physical Therapy Facilities. Conditions that affect
mobility include conditions requiring the use or assistance of a brace,
cane, crutch, prosthetic device, wheelchair, or powered mobility aid;
arthritic, neurological, or orthopedic conditions that severely limit
one's ability to walk; respiratory diseases and other conditions which
may require the use of portable oxygen; and cardiac conditions that
impose significant functional limitations.
208.2.3 Residential Facilities. Parking spaces provided to serve residential facilities shall comply with 208.2.3.
208.2.3.1 Parking for Residents. Where at least one parking space is provided for each residential
dwelling unit, at least one parking space complying with 502 shall be
provided for each residential dwelling unit required to provide
mobility features complying with 809.2 through 809.4.
208.2.3.2 Additional Parking Spaces for
Residents. Where the total number of parking spaces provided for each
residential dwelling unit exceeds one parking space per residential
dwelling unit, 2 percent, but no fewer than one space, of all the
parking spaces not covered by 208.2.3.1 shall comply with 502.
208.2.3.3 Parking for Guests, Employees,
and Other Non-Residents. Where parking spaces are provided for persons
other than residents, parking shall be provided in accordance with
Table 208.2.
208.2.4 Van
Parking Spaces. For every six or fraction of six parking spaces
required by 208.2 to comply with 502, at least one shall be a van
parking space complying with 502.
208.3 Location. Parking facilities shall comply with 208.3
208.3.1 General. Parking spaces complying
with 502 that serve a particular building or facility shall be located
on the shortest accessible route from parking to an entrance
complying with 206.4. Where parking serves more than one accessible
entrance, parking spaces complying with 502 shall be dispersed and
located on the shortest accessible route to the accessible entrances.
In parking facilities that do not serve a particular building or
facility, parking spaces complying with 502 shall be located on the shortest accessible route to an accessible pedestrian entrance of the parking facility.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. All van parking spaces shall be permitted to be grouped on one level within a multi-story parking facility.
2. Parking spaces shall be permitted to be
located in different parking facilities if substantially equivalent or
greater accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an
accessible entrance or entrances, parking fee, and user convenience.
Advisory 208.3.1 General Exception 2. Factors that could affect "user convenience" include, but are not
limited to, protection from the weather, security, lighting, and
comparative maintenance of the alternative parking site.
208.3.2 Residential Facilities. In residential facilities containing residential
dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with
809.2 through 809.4, parking spaces provided in accordance with
208.2.3.1 shall be located on the shortest accessible route to the
residential dwelling unit entrance they serve. Spaces provided in
accordance with 208.2.3.2 shall be dispersed throughout all types of
parking provided for the residential dwelling units.
EXCEPTION: Parking spaces provided in
accordance with 208.2.3.2 shall not be required to be dispersed
throughout all types of parking if substantially equivalent or greater
accessibility is provided in terms of distance from an accessible
entrance, parking fee, and user convenience.
Advisory 208.3.2 Residential Facilities
Exception. Factors that could affect "user convenience" include, but
are not limited to, protection from the weather, security, lighting,
and comparative maintenance of the alternative parking site.
209 Passenger Loading Zones and Bus Stops
209.1 General. Passenger loading zones shall be provided in accordance with 209.
209.2 Type. Where provided, passenger loading zones shall comply with 209.2.
209.2.1 Passenger Loading Zones. Passenger
loading zones, except those required to comply with 209.2.2 and
209.2.3, shall provide at least one passenger loading zone complying
with 503 in every continuous 100 linear feet (30 m) of loading zone
space, or fraction thereof.
209.2.2 Bus Loading Zones. In bus loading
zones restricted to use by designated or specified public
transportation vehicles, each bus bay, bus stop, or other area
designated for lift or ramp deployment shall comply with 810.2.
Advisory 209.2.2 Bus Loading Zones. The
terms "designated public transportation" and "specified public
transportation" are defined by the Department of Transportation at 49
CFR 37.3 in regulations implementing the Americans with Disabilities
Act. These terms refer to public transportation services provided by
public or private entities, respectively. For example, designated
public transportation vehicles include buses and vans operated by
public transit agencies, while specified public transportation vehicles
include tour and charter buses, taxis and limousines, and hotel
shuttles operated by private entities.
209.2.3 On-Street Bus Stops. On-street bus stops shall comply with 810.2 to the maximum extent practicable.
209.3 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities. At least one passenger loading zone complying with 503 shall be provided at an accessible entrance to licensed medical care and licensed long-term care facilities where the period of stay exceeds twenty-four hours.
209.4 Valet Parking. Parking facilities that provide valet parking services shall provide at
least one passenger loading zone complying with 503.
209.5 Mechanical Access Parking Garages. Mechanical access parking garages shall provide at least one passenger
loading zone complying with 503 at vehicle drop-off and vehicle pick-up
areas.
210 Stairways
210.1 General. Interior and exterior stairs that are part of a means of egress shall comply with 504.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In detention and correctional facilities, stairs that are not located in public use areas shall not be required to comply with 504.
2. In alterations, stairs between levels that are connected by an accessible route shall not be required to comply with 504, except that handrails complying with 505 shall be provided when the stairs are altered.
3. In assembly areas, aisle stairs shall not be required to comply with 504.
4. Stairs that connect play components shall not be required to comply with 504.
Advisory 210.1 General. Although these
requirements do not mandate handrails on stairs that are not part of a
means of egress, State or local building codes may require handrails or
guards.
211 Drinking Fountains
211.1 General. Where drinking fountains are
provided on an exterior site, on a floor, or within a secured area they
shall be provided in accordance with 211.
EXCEPTION: In detention or correctional facilities, drinking fountains only serving holding or housing cells not required to comply with 232 shall not be required to comply with 211.
211.2 Minimum Number. No fewer than two
drinking fountains shall be provided. One drinking fountain shall
comply with 602.1 through 602.6 and one drinking fountain shall comply
with 602.7.
EXCEPTION: Where a single drinking fountain
complies with 602.1 through 602.6 and 602.7, it shall be permitted to
be substituted for two separate drinking fountains.
211.3 More Than Minimum Number. Where more
than the minimum number of drinking fountains specified in 211.2 are
provided, 50 percent of the total number of drinking fountains provided
shall comply with 602.1 through 602.6, and 50 percent of the total
number of drinking fountains provided shall comply with 602.7.
EXCEPTION: Where 50 percent of the drinking
fountains yields a fraction, 50 percent shall be permitted to be
rounded up or down provided that the total number of drinking fountains
complying with 211 equals 100 percent of drinking fountains.
212 Kitchens, Kitchenettes, and Sinks
212.1 General. Where provided, kitchens, kitchenettes, and sinks shall comply with 212.
212.2 Kitchens and Kitchenettes. Kitchens and kitchenettes shall comply with 804.
212.3 Sinks. Where sinks are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of
each type provided in each accessible room or space shall comply with
606.
EXCEPTION: Mop or service sinks shall not be required to comply with 212.3.
213 Toilet Facilities and Bathing Facilities
213.1 General. Where toilet facilities and
bathing facilities are provided, they shall comply with 213. Where
toilet facilities and bathing facilities are provided in facilities
permitted by 206.2.3 Exceptions 1 and 2 not to connect stories by an accessible
route, toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall be provided on a
story connected by an accessible route to an accessible entrance.
213.2 Toilet Rooms and Bathing
Rooms. Where toilet rooms are provided, each toilet room shall comply
with 603. Where bathing rooms are provided, each bathing room shall
comply with 603.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In alterations
where it is technically infeasible to comply with 603, altering
existing toilet or bathing rooms shall not be required where a single unisex
toilet room or bathing room complying with 213.2.1 is provided and
located in the same area and on the same floor as existing inaccessible
toilet or bathing rooms.
2. Where exceptions for alterations to qualified historic
buildings or facilities are permitted by 202.5, no fewer than one
toilet room for each sex complying with 603 or one unisex toilet room
complying with 213.2.1 shall be provided.
3. Where multiple single user portable
toilet or bathing units are clustered at a single location, no more
than 5 percent of the toilet units and bathing units at each cluster
shall be required to comply with 603. Portable toilet units and bathing
units complying with 603 shall be identified by the International
Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1.
4. Where multiple single user toilet rooms
are clustered at a single location, no more than 50 percent of the
single user toilet rooms for each use at each cluster shall be required
to comply with 603.
Advisory 213.2 Toilet Rooms and Bathing
Rooms. These requirements allow the use of unisex (or single-user)
toilet rooms in alterations when technical infeasibility can be
demonstrated. Unisex toilet rooms benefit people who use opposite sex
personal care assistants. For this reason, it is advantageous to
install unisex toilet rooms in addition to accessible single-sex toilet
rooms in new facilities.
Advisory 213.2 Toilet Rooms and Bathing
Rooms Exceptions 3 and 4. A "cluster" is a group of toilet rooms
proximate to one another. Generally, toilet rooms in a cluster are
within sight of, or adjacent to, one another.
213.2.1 Unisex (Single-Use or Family) Toilet and Unisex Bathing Rooms. Unisex toilet rooms shall contain not more than one lavatory, and two water closets without urinals or one water closet and one urinal. Unisex bathing rooms shall contain one shower or one shower and one bathtub, one lavatory, and one water closet. Doors to unisex toilet rooms and unisex bathing rooms shall have privacy latches.
213.3 Plumbing
Fixtures and Accessories. Plumbing fixtures and accessories provided in
a toilet room or bathing room required to comply with 213.2 shall
comply with 213.3.
213.3.1 Toilet
Compartments. Where toilet compartments are provided, at least one
toilet compartment shall comply with 604.8.1. In addition to the
compartment required to comply with 604.8.1, at least one compartment
shall comply with 604.8.2 where six or more toilet compartments are
provided, or where the combination of urinals and water closets totals
six or more fixtures.
Advisory 213.3.1 Toilet Compartments. A
toilet compartment is a partitioned space that is located within a
toilet room, and that normally contains no more than one water closet.
A toilet compartment may also contain a lavatory. A lavatory is a sink
provided for hand washing. Full-height partitions and door assemblies
can comprise toilet compartments where the minimum required spaces are
provided within the compartment.
213.3.2 Water Closets. Where water closets are provided, at least one shall comply with 604.
213.3.3 Urinals. Where more than one urinal is provided, at least one shall comply with 605.
213.3.4 Lavatories. Where lavatories are provided, at least one shall comply with 606 and shall not be located in a toilet compartment.
213.3.5 Mirrors. Where mirrors are provided, at least one shall comply with 603.3.
213.3.6 Bathing Facilities. Where bathtubs or showers are provided, at least one bathtub complying with 607 or at least one shower complying with 608 shall be provided.
213.3.7 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in toilet rooms without toilet
compartments, at least one of each type shall comply with 603.4. Where
coat hooks or shelves are provided in toilet compartments, at least one
of each type complying with 604.8.3 shall be provided in toilet
compartments required to comply with 213.3.1. Where coat hooks or
shelves are provided in bathing facilities, at least one of each type
complying with 603.4 shall serve fixtures required to comply with
213.3.6.
214 Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers
214.1 General. Where provided, washing machines and clothes dryers shall comply with 214.
214.2 Washing Machines. Where three or
fewer washing machines are provided, at least one shall comply with
611. Where more than three washing machines are provided, at least two
shall comply with 611.
214.3 Clothes
Dryers. Where three or fewer clothes dryers are provided, at least one
shall comply with 611. Where more than three clothes dryers are
provided, at least two shall comply with 611.
215 Fire Alarm Systems
215.1 General. Where fire alarm systems provide audible alarm coverage, alarms shall comply with 215.
EXCEPTION: In existing
facilities, visible alarms shall not be required except where an
existing fire alarm system is upgraded or replaced, or a new fire alarm
system is installed.
Advisory 215.1 General. Unlike audible
alarms, visible alarms must be located within the space they serve so
that the signal is visible. Facility alarm systems (other than fire
alarm systems) such as those used for tornado warnings and other
emergencies are not required to comply with the technical criteria for
alarms in Section 702. Every effort should be made to ensure that such
alarms can be differentiated in their signal from fire alarms systems
and that people who need to be notified of emergencies are adequately
safeguarded. Consult local fire departments and prepare evacuation
plans taking into consideration the needs of every building occupant,
including people with disabilities.
215.2 Public and Common Use Areas. Alarms in public use areas and common use areas shall comply with 702.
215.3 Employee
Work Areas. Where employee work areas have audible alarm coverage, the
wiring system shall be designed so that visible alarms complying with
702 can be integrated into the alarm system.
215.4 Transient Lodging. Guest rooms required to comply with 224.4 shall provide alarms complying with 702.
215.5 Residential Facilities. Where provided in residential dwelling units required to comply with 809.5, alarms shall comply with 702.
216 Signs
216.1 General. Signs shall be provided in accordance with 216 and shall comply with 703.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Building directories, menus, seat and row designations in assembly areas, occupant names, building addresses, and company names and logos shall not be required to comply with 216.
2. In parking facilities, signs shall not be required to comply with 216.2, 216.3, and 216.6 through 216.12.
3. Temporary, 7 days or less, signs shall not be required to comply with 216.
4. In detention and correctional facilities, signs not located in public use areas shall not be required to comply with 216.
216.2 Designations. Interior and exterior
signs identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall comply with 703.1,
703.2, and 703.5. Where pictograms are provided as designations of
permanent interior rooms and spaces, the pictograms shall comply with
703.6 and shall have text descriptors complying with 703.2 and 703.5.
EXCEPTION: Exterior signs that are not located at the door to the space they serve shall not be required to comply with 703.2.
Advisory 216.2 Designations. Section 216.2
applies to signs that provide designations, labels, or names for
interior rooms or spaces where the sign is not likely to change over
time. Examples include interior signs labeling restrooms, room and
floor numbers or letters, and room names. Tactile text descriptors are
required for pictograms that are provided to label or identify a
permanent room or space. Pictograms that provide information about a
room or space, such as "no smoking," occupant logos, and the
International Symbol of Accessibility, are not required to have text
descriptors.
216.3 Directional and Informational Signs. Signs that provide direction to or information about interior spaces
and facilities of the site shall comply with 703.5.
Advisory 216.3 Directional and
Informational Signs. Information about interior spaces and facilities
includes rules of conduct, occupant load, and similar signs. Signs
providing direction to rooms or spaces include those that identify
egress routes.
216.4 Means of Egress. Signs for means of egress shall comply with 216.4.
216.4.1 Exit Doors. Doors at exit
passageways, exit discharge, and exit stairways shall be identified by
tactile signs complying with 703.1, 703.2, and 703.5.
Advisory 216.4.1 Exit Doors. An exit
passageway is a horizontal exit component that is separated from the
interior spaces of the building by fire-resistance-rated construction
and that leads to the exit discharge or public way. The exit discharge
is that portion of an egress system between the termination of an exit
and a public way.
216.4.2 Areas of Refuge. Signs required by
section 1003.2.13.5.4 of the International Building Code (2000 edition)
or section 1007.6.4 of the International Building Code (2003 edition)
(incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) to provide instructions in areas of refuge shall comply with 703.5.
216.4.3 Directional Signs. Signs required
by section 1003.2.13.6 of the International Building Code (2000
edition) or section 1007.7 of the International Building Code (2003
edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in
Chapter 1) to provide directions to accessible means of egress shall
comply with 703.5.
216.5 Parking. Parking spaces complying with 502 shall be identified by signs complying with 502.6.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where a total of four or
fewer parking spaces, including accessible parking spaces, are provided
on a site, identification of accessible parking spaces shall not be
required.
2. In residential facilities, where parking spaces are assigned to specific residential dwelling units, identification of accessible parking spaces shall not be required.
216.6 Entrances. Where not all entrances comply with 404, entrances complying with 404
shall be identified by the International Symbol of Accessibility
complying with 703.7.2.1. Directional signs
complying with 703.5 that indicate the location of the nearest entrance
complying with 404 shall be provided at entrances that do not comply
with 404.
Advisory 216.6 Entrances. Where a
directional sign is required, it should be located to minimize
backtracking. In some cases, this could mean locating a sign at the
beginning of a route, not just at the inaccessible entrances to a
building.
216.7 Elevators. Where existing
elevators do not comply with 407, elevators complying with 407 shall be
clearly identified with the International Symbol of Accessibility
complying with 703.7.2.1.
216.8 Toilet Rooms and Bathing
Rooms. Where existing toilet rooms or bathing rooms do not comply with
603, directional signs indicating the location of the nearest toilet
room or bathing room complying with 603 within the facility shall be
provided. Signs shall comply with 703.5 and shall include the
International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Where
existing toilet rooms or bathing rooms do not comply with 603, the
toilet rooms or bathing rooms complying with 603 shall be identified by
the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1.
Where clustered single user toilet rooms or bathing
facilities are permitted to use exceptions to 213.2, toilet rooms or
bathing facilities complying with 603 shall be identified by the
International Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1 unless
all toilet rooms and bathing facilities comply with 603.
216.9 TTYs. Identification and directional signs for public TTYs shall be provided in accordance with 216.9.
216.9.1 Identification Signs. Public TTYs shall be identified by the International Symbol of TTY complying with 703.7.2.2.
216.9.2 Directional Signs. Directional
signs indicating the location of the nearest public TTY shall be
provided at all banks of public pay telephones
not containing a public TTY. In addition, where signs provide direction
to public pay telephones, they shall also provide direction to public
TTYs. Directional signs shall comply with 703.5 and shall include the
International Symbol of TTY complying with 703.7.2.2.
216.10 Assistive Listening Systems. Each assembly
area required by 219 to provide assistive listening systems shall
provide signs informing patrons of the availability of the assistive
listening system. Assistive listening signs shall comply with 703.5 and
shall include the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss
complying with 703.7.2.4.
EXCEPTION: Where ticket offices or windows
are provided, signs shall not be required at each assembly area
provided that signs are displayed at each ticket office or window
informing patrons of the availability of assistive listening systems.
216.11 Check-Out
Aisles. Where more than one check-out aisle is provided, check-out
aisles complying with 904.3 shall be identified by the International
Symbol of Accessibility complying with 703.7.2.1. Where check-out
aisles are identified by numbers, letters, or functions, signs
identifying check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be located in the same location as the check-out aisle identification.
EXCEPTION: Where all check-out aisles serving a single function comply with 904.3, signs complying with 703.7.2.1 shall not be required.
216.12 Amusement Rides. Signs identifying the type of access provided on amusement rides shall be provided at entries to queues and waiting
lines. In addition, where accessible unload areas also serve as
accessible load areas, signs indicating the location of the accessible
load and unload areas shall be provided at entries to queues and
waiting lines.
Advisory 216.12 Amusement Rides. Amusement
rides designed primarily for children, amusement rides that are
controlled or operated by the rider, and amusement rides without seats,
are not required to provide wheelchair spaces, transfer seats, or
transfer systems, and need not meet the sign requirements in 216.12.
The load and unload areas of these rides must, however, be on an
accessible route and must provide turning space.
217 Telephones
217.1 General. Where coin-operated public
pay telephones, coinless public pay telephones, public closed-circuit
telephones, public courtesy phones, or other types of public telephones
are provided, public telephones shall be provided in accordance with
217 for each type of public telephone provided. For purposes of this
section, a bank of telephones shall be considered to be two or more
adjacent telephones.
Advisory 217.1 General. These requirements
apply to all types of public telephones including courtesy phones at
airports and rail stations that provide a free direct connection to
hotels, transportation services, and tourist attractions.
217.2 Wheelchair Accessible Telephones. Where public telephones are provided, wheelchair accessible telephones
complying with 704.2 shall be provided in accordance with Table 217.2.
EXCEPTION: Drive-up only public telephones shall not be required to comply with 217.2.
Table 217.2 Wheelchair Accessible Telephones
Number of Telephones Provided
on a Floor, Level, or Exterior Site
|
Minimum Number of Required
Wheelchair Accessible Telephones
|
1 or more single units
|
1 per floor, level, and exterior site
|
1 bank
|
1 per floor, level, and exterior site
|
2 or more banks
|
1 per bank
|
217.3 Volume Controls. All public telephones shall have volume controls complying with 704.3.
217.4 TTYs. TTYs complying with 704.4 shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.
Advisory 217.4 TTYs. Separate requirements
are provided based on the number of public pay telephones provided at a
bank of telephones, within a floor, a building, or on a site. In some
instances one TTY can be used to satisfy more than one of these
requirements. For example, a TTY required for a bank can satisfy the
requirements for a building. However, the requirement for at least one
TTY on an exterior site cannot be met by installing a TTY in a bank
inside a building. Consideration should be given to phone systems that
can accommodate both digital and analog transmissions for compatibility
with digital and analog TTYs.
217.4.1 Bank Requirement. Where four or more public pay telephones are provided at a bank of telephones, at least one public TTY complying with 704.4 shall be provided at that bank.
EXCEPTION: TTYs shall not be required at
banks of telephones located within 200 feet (61 m) of, and on the same
floor as, a bank containing a public TTY.
217.4.2 Floor Requirement. TTYs in public
buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.2.1. TTYs in
private buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.2.2.
217.4.2.1 Public Buildings. Where at least
one public pay telephone is provided on a floor of a public building,
at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor.
217.4.2.2 Private Buildings. Where four or
more public pay telephones are provided on a floor of a private
building, at least one public TTY shall be provided on that floor.
217.4.3 Building Requirement. TTYs in
public buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.3.1. TTYs
in private buildings shall be provided in accordance with 217.4.3.2.
217.4.3.1 Public Buildings. Where at least
one public pay telephone is provided in a public building, at least one
public TTY shall be provided in the building. Where at least one public
pay telephone is provided in a public use area of a public building, at least one public TTY shall be provided in the public building in a public use area.
217.4.3.2 Private Buildings. Where four or
more public pay telephones are provided in a private building, at least
one public TTY shall be provided in the building.
217.4.4 Exterior Site Requirement. Where
four or more public pay telephones are provided on an exterior site, at
least one public TTY shall be provided on the site.
217.4.5 Rest Stops, Emergency Roadside
Stops, and Service Plazas. Where at least one public pay telephone is
provided at a public rest stop, emergency roadside stop, or service
plaza, at least one public TTY shall be provided.
217.4.6 Hospitals. Where at least one
public pay telephone is provided serving a hospital emergency room,
hospital recovery room, or hospital waiting room, at least one public
TTY shall be provided at each location.
217.4.7 Transportation
Facilities. In transportation facilities, in addition to the
requirements of 217.4.1 through 217.4.4, where at least one public pay
telephone serves a particular entrance to a bus or rail facility, at least one public TTY
shall be provided to serve that entrance. In airports, in addition to
the requirements of 217.4.1 through 217.4.4, where four or more public
pay telephones are located in a terminal
outside the security areas, a concourse within the security areas, or a
baggage claim area in a terminal, at least one public TTY shall be
provided in each location.
217.4.8 Detention
and Correctional Facilities. In detention and correctional facilities,
where at least one pay telephone is provided in a secured area used
only by detainees or inmates and security personnel, at least one TTY
shall be provided in at least one secured area.
217.5 Shelves
for Portable TTYs. Where a bank of telephones in the interior of a
building consists of three or more public pay telephones, at least one
public pay telephone at the bank shall be provided with a shelf and an
electrical outlet in accordance with 704.5.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Secured areas of detention
and correctional facilities where shelves and outlets are prohibited
for purposes of security or safety shall not be required to comply with
217.5.
2. The shelf and electrical outlet shall not be required at a bank of telephones with a TTY.
218 Transportation Facilities
218.1 General. Transportation facilities shall comply with 218.
218.2 New and Altered Fixed Guideway Stations. New and altered stations in rapid rail, light rail, commuter rail, intercity rail, high speed rail, and other fixed guideway systems shall comply with 810.5 through 810.10.
218.3 Key Stations and Existing Intercity
Rail Stations. Key stations and existing intercity rail stations shall
comply with 810.5 through 810.10.
218.4 Bus Shelters. Where provided, bus shelters shall comply with 810.3.
218.5 Other Transportation Facilities. In other transportation facilities, public address systems shall comply with 810.7 and clocks shall comply with 810.8.
219 Assistive Listening Systems
219.1 General. Assistive listening systems shall be provided in accordance with 219 and shall comply with 706.
219.2 Required Systems. In each assembly area where audible communication is integral to the use of the space, an assistive listening system shall be provided.
EXCEPTION: Other than in courtrooms, assistive listening systems shall not be required where audio amplification is not provided.
219.3 Receivers. Receivers complying with
706.2 shall be provided for assistive listening systems in each
assembly area in accordance with Table 219.3. Twenty-five percent
minimum of receivers provided, but no fewer than two, shall be
hearing-aid compatible in accordance with 706.3.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where a building contains more than one assembly area and the assembly areas required to provide assistive
listening systems are under one management, the total number of
required receivers shall be permitted to be calculated according to the
total number of seats in the assembly areas in the building provided
that all receivers are usable with all systems.
2. Where all seats in an assembly area are
served by an induction loop assistive listening system, the minimum
number of receivers required by Table 219.3 to be hearing-aid
compatible shall not be required to be provided.
Table 219.3 Receivers for Assistive Listening Systems
Capacity of Seating in Assembly Area
|
Minimum Number ofRequired Receivers
|
Minimum Number of Required Receivers Required to be Hearing-aid Compatible
|
50 or less
|
2
|
2
|
51 to 200
|
2, plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats1
|
2
|
201 to 500
|
2, plus 1 per 25 seats over 50 seats1
|
1 per 4 receivers1
|
501 to 1000
|
20, plus 1 per 33 seats over 500 seats1
|
1 per 4 receivers1
|
1001 to 2000
|
35, plus 1 per 50 seats over 1000 seats1
|
1 per 4 receivers1
|
2001 and over
|
55 plus 1 per 100 seats over 2000 seats1
|
1 per 4 receivers1
|
1Or fraction thereof.
220 Automatic Teller Machines and Fare Machines
220.1 General. Where automatic teller
machines or self-service fare vending, collection, or adjustment
machines are provided, at least one of each type provided at each
location shall comply with 707. Where bins are provided for envelopes,
waste paper, or other purposes, at least one of each type shall comply
with 811.
Advisory 220.1 General. If a bank provides
both interior and exterior ATMs, each such installation is considered a
separate location. Accessible ATMs, including those with speech and
those that are within reach of people who use wheelchairs, must provide
all the functions provided to customers at that location at all times.
For example, it is unacceptable for the accessible ATM only to provide
cash withdrawals while inaccessible ATMs also sell theater tickets.
221 Assembly Areas
221.1 General. Assembly areas shall provide wheelchair spaces, companion seats, and designated aisle seats complying with 221 and 802. In addition, lawn seating shall comply with 221.5. [See additional requirements at 28 CFR 35.151(g) and 28 CFR 36.406(f).]
221.2 Wheelchair Spaces. Wheelchair spaces complying with 221.2 shall be provided in assembly areas with fixed seating.
221.2.1 Number and Location. Wheelchair spaces shall be provided complying with 221.2.1.
221.2.1.1 General Seating. Wheelchair spaces complying with 802.1 shall be provided in accordance with Table 221.2.1.1.
Table 221.2.1. Number of Wheelchair Spaces in Assembly Areas
Number of Seats
|
Minimum Number of Required Wheelchair Spaces
|
4 to 25
|
1
|
26 to 50
|
2
|
51 to 150
|
4
|
151 to 300
|
5
|
301 to 500
|
6
|
501 to 5000
|
6, plus 1 for each 150, or fraction thereof, between 501 through 5000
|
5001 and over
|
36, plus 1 for each 200, or fraction thereof, over 5000
|
221.2.1.2 Luxury Boxes, Club Boxes, and
Suites in Arenas, Stadiums, and Grandstands. In each luxury box, club
box, and suite within arenas, stadiums, and grandstands, wheelchair
spaces complying with 802.1 shall be provided in accordance with Table
221.2.1.1.
Advisory 221.2.1.2 Luxury Boxes, Club
Boxes, and Suites in Arenas, Stadiums, and Grandstands. The number of
wheelchair spaces required in luxury boxes, club boxes, and suites
within an arena, stadium, or grandstand is to be calculated box by box
and suite by suite.
221.2.1.3 Other Boxes. In boxes other than
those required to comply with 221.2.1.2, the total number of wheelchair
spaces required shall be determined in accordance with Table 221.2.1.1.
Wheelchair spaces shall be located in not less than 20 percent of all
boxes provided. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with 802.1.
Advisory 221.2.1.3 Other Boxes. The
provision for seating in "other boxes" includes box seating provided in
facilities such as performing arts auditoria where tiered boxes are
designed for spatial and acoustical purposes. The number of wheelchair
spaces required in boxes covered by 221.2.1.3 is calculated based on
the total number of seats provided in these other boxes. The resulting
number of wheelchair spaces must be located in no fewer than 20% of the
boxes covered by this section. For example, a concert hall has 20
boxes, each of which contains 10 seats, totaling 200 seats. In this
example, 5 wheelchair spaces would be required, and they must be placed
in at least 4 of the boxes. Additionally, because the wheelchair spaces
must also meet the dispersion requirements of 221.2.3, the boxes
containing these wheelchair spaces cannot all be located in one area
unless an exception to the dispersion requirements applies.
221.2.1.4 Team
or Player Seating. At least one wheelchair space complying with 802.1
shall be provided in team or player seating areas serving areas of
sport activity.
EXCEPTION: Wheelchair spaces shall not be required in team or player seating areas serving bowling lanes not required to comply with 206.2.11.
221.2.2 Integration. Wheelchair spaces shall be an integral part of the seating plan.
Advisory 221.2.2 Integration. The
requirement that wheelchair spaces be an "integral part of the seating
plan" means that wheelchair spaces must be placed within the footprint
of the seating area. Wheelchair spaces cannot be segregated from
seating areas. For example, it would be unacceptable to place only the
wheelchair spaces, or only the wheelchair spaces and their associated
companion seats, outside the seating areas defined by risers in an
assembly area.
221.2.3 Lines of Sight and Dispersion. Wheelchair spaces shall provide lines of sight complying with 802.2 and
shall comply with 221.2.3. In providing lines of sight, wheelchair
spaces shall be dispersed. Wheelchair spaces shall provide spectators
with choices of seating locations and viewing angles that are
substantially equivalent to, or better than, the choices of seating
locations and viewing angles available to all other spectators. When
the number of wheelchair spaces required by 221.2.1 has been met,
further dispersion shall not be required.
EXCEPTION: Wheelchair spaces in team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 221.2.3.
Advisory 221.2.3 Lines of Sight and
Dispersion. Consistent with the overall intent of the ADA, individuals
who use wheelchairs must be provided equal access so that their
experience is substantially equivalent to that of other members of the
audience. Thus, while individuals who use wheelchairs need not be
provided with the best seats in the house, neither may they be
relegated to the worst.
221.2.3.1 Horizontal Dispersion. Wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed horizontally.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Horizontal dispersion shall not be required in assembly areas with 300 or fewer seats if the companion
seats required by 221.3 and wheelchair spaces are located within the
2nd or 3rd quartile of the total row length. Intermediate aisles shall
be included in determining the total row length. If the row length in
the 2nd and 3rd quartile of a row is insufficient to accommodate the
required number of companion seats and wheelchair
spaces, the additional companion seats and wheelchair spaces shall be
permitted to be located in the 1st and 4th quartile of the row.
2. In row seating, two wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be located side-by-side.
Advisory 221.2.3.1 Horizontal Dispersion. Horizontal dispersion of wheelchair spaces is the placement of spaces
in an assembly facility seating area from side-to-side or, in the case
of an arena or stadium, around the field of play or performance area.
221.2.3.2 Vertical Dispersion. Wheelchair spaces shall be dispersed vertically at varying distances
from the screen, performance area, or playing field. In addition,
wheelchair spaces shall be located in each balcony or mezzanine that is located on an accessible route.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Vertical dispersion shall not be required in assembly
areas with 300 or fewer seats if the wheelchair spaces provide viewing
angles that are equivalent to, or better than, the average viewing
angle provided in the facility.
2. In bleachers, wheelchair spaces shall
not be required to be provided in rows other than rows at points of
entry to bleacher seating.
Advisory 221.2.3.2 Vertical Dispersion. When wheelchair spaces are dispersed vertically in an assembly facility
they are placed at different locations within the seating area from
front-to-back so that the distance from the screen, stage, playing
field, area of sports activity, or other focal point is varied among
wheelchair spaces.
Advisory 221.2.3.2 Vertical Dispersion
Exception 2. Points of entry to bleacher seating may include, but are
not limited to, cross aisles, concourses, vomitories, and entrance
ramps and stairs. Vertical, center, or side aisles adjoining bleacher
seating that are stepped or tiered are not considered entry points.
221.3 Companion
Seats. At least one companion seat complying with 802.3 shall be
provided for each wheelchair space required by 221.2.1.
221.4 Designated
Aisle Seats. At least 5 percent of the total number of aisle seats
provided shall comply with 802.4 and shall be the aisle seats located
closest to accessible routes.
EXCEPTION: Team or player seating areas serving areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 221.4.
Advisory 221.4 Designated Aisle Seats. When
selecting which aisle seats will meet the requirements of 802.4, those
aisle seats which are closest to, not necessarily on, accessible routes
must be selected first. For example, an assembly area has two aisles (A
and B) serving seating areas with an accessible route connecting to the
top and bottom of Aisle A only. The aisle seats chosen to meet 802.4
must be those at the top and bottom of Aisle A, working toward the
middle. Only when all seats on Aisle A would not meet the five percent
minimum would seats on Aisle B be designated.
221.5 Lawn Seating. Lawn seating areas and
exterior overflow seating areas, where fixed seats are not provided,
shall connect to an accessible route.
222 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms
222.1 General. Where dressing rooms,
fitting rooms, or locker rooms are provided, at least 5 percent, but no
fewer than one, of each type of use in each cluster provided shall
comply with 803.
EXCEPTION: In alterations,
where it is technically infeasible to provide rooms in accordance with
222.1, one room for each sex on each level shall comply with 803. Where
only unisex rooms are provided, unisex rooms shall be permitted.
Advisory 222.1 General. A "cluster" is a
group of rooms proximate to one another. Generally, rooms in a cluster
are within sight of, or adjacent to, one another. Different styles of
design provide users varying levels of privacy and convenience. Some
designs include private changing facilities that are close to core
areas of the facility, while other designs use space more economically
and provide only group dressing facilities. Regardless of the type of
facility, dressing, fitting, and locker rooms should provide people
with disabilities rooms that are equally private and convenient to
those provided others. For example, in a physician's office, if people
without disabilities must traverse the full length of the office suite
in clothing other than their street clothes, it is acceptable for
people with disabilities to be asked to do the same.
222.2 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in dressing, fitting or locker
rooms without individual compartments, at least one of each type shall
comply with 803.5. Where coat hooks or shelves are provided in
individual compartments at least one of each type complying with 803.5
shall be provided in individual compartments in dressing, fitting, or
locker rooms required to comply with 222.1.
223 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities
223.1 General. In licensed medical
care facilities and licensed long-term care facilities where the period
of stay exceeds twenty-four hours, patient or resident sleeping rooms
shall be provided in accordance with 223. [See additional requirements at 28 CFR 35.151(h) and 28 CFR 36.406(g).]
EXCEPTION: Toilet rooms that are part of critical or intensive care
patient sleeping rooms shall not be required to comply with 603.
Advisory 223.1 General. Because medical
facilities frequently reconfigure spaces to reflect changes in medical
specialties, Section 223.1 does not include a provision for dispersion
of accessible patient or resident sleeping rooms. The lack of a design
requirement does not mean that covered entities are not required to
provide services to people with disabilities where accessible rooms are
not dispersed in specialty areas. Locate accessible rooms near core
areas that are less likely to change over time. While dispersion is not
required, the flexibility it provides can be a critical factor in
ensuring cost effective compliance with applicable civil rights laws,
including titles II and III of the ADA and Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. Additionally, all types of
features and amenities should be dispersed among accessible sleeping
rooms to ensure equal access to and a variety of choices for all
patients and residents.
223.1.1 Alterations. Where sleeping rooms are altered or added, the requirements of 223
shall apply only to the sleeping rooms being altered or added until the
number of sleeping rooms complies with the minimum number required for
new construction.
Advisory 223.1.1 Alterations. In
alterations and additions, the minimum required number is based on the
total number of sleeping rooms altered or added instead of on the total
number of sleeping rooms provided in a facility. As a facility is
altered over time, every effort should be made to disperse accessible
sleeping rooms among patient care areas such as pediatrics, cardiac
care, maternity, and other units. In this way, people with disabilities
can have access to the full-range of services provided by a medical
care facility.
223.2 Hospitals, Rehabilitation Facilities,
Psychiatric Facilities and Detoxification Facilities. Hospitals,
rehabilitation facilities, psychiatric facilities and detoxification
facilities shall comply with 223.2.
223.2.1 Facilities Not Specializing in
Treating Conditions That Affect Mobility. In facilities not
specializing in treating conditions that affect mobility, at least 10
percent, but no fewer than one, of the patient sleeping rooms shall
provide mobility features complying with 805.
223.2.2 Facilities Specializing in Treating
Conditions That Affect Mobility. In facilities specializing in treating
conditions that affect mobility, 100 percent of the patient sleeping
rooms shall provide mobility features complying with 805.
Advisory 223.2.2 Facilities Specializing in
Treating Conditions That Affect Mobility. Conditions that affect
mobility include conditions requiring the use or assistance of a brace,
cane, crutch, prosthetic device, wheelchair, or powered mobility aid;
arthritic, neurological, or orthopedic conditions that severely limit
one's ability to walk; respiratory diseases and other conditions which
may require the use of portable oxygen; and cardiac conditions that
impose significant functional limitations. Facilities that may provide
treatment for, but that do not specialize in treatment of such
conditions, such as general rehabilitation hospitals, are not subject
to this requirement but are subject to Section 223.2.1.
223.3 Long-Term
Care Facilities. In licensed long-term care facilities, at least 50
percent, but no fewer than one, of each type of resident sleeping room
shall provide mobility features complying with 805.
224 Transient Lodging Guest Rooms
224.1 General. Transient lodging facilities shall provide guest rooms in accordance with 224. [See additional requirements for places of lodging at 28 CFR 36.406(c) and for housing at a place of education at 28 CFR 35.151(f) and 28 CFR 36.406(e).]
Advisory 224.1 General. Certain facilities
used for transient lodging, including time shares, dormitories, and
town homes may be covered by both these requirements and the Fair
Housing Amendments Act. The Fair Housing Amendments Act requires that
certain residential structures having four or more multi-family
dwelling units, regardless of whether they are privately owned or
federally assisted, include certain features of accessible and
adaptable design according to guidelines established by the U.S.
Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). This law and the
appropriate regulations should be consulted before proceeding with the
design and construction of residential housing.
224.1.1 Alterations. Where guest rooms are altered or added, the requirements of 224 shall
apply only to the guest rooms being altered or added until the number
of guest rooms complies with the minimum number required for new
construction.
Advisory 224.1.1 Alterations. In
alterations and additions, the minimum required number of accessible
guest rooms is based on the total number of guest rooms altered or
added instead of the total number of guest rooms provided in a
facility. Typically, each alteration of a facility is limited to a
particular portion of the facility. When accessible guest rooms are
added as a result of subsequent alterations, compliance with 224.5
(Dispersion) is more likely to be achieved if all of the accessible
guest rooms are not provided in the same area of the facility.
224.1.2 Guest Room Doors and Doorways. Entrances,
doors, and doorways providing user passage into and within guest rooms
that are not required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2
shall comply with 404.2.3.
EXCEPTION: Shower and sauna doors in guest
rooms that are not required to provide mobility features complying with
806.2 shall not be required to comply with 404.2.3.
Advisory 224.1.2 Guest Room Doors and
Doorways. Because of the social interaction that often occurs in
lodging facilities, an accessible clear opening width is required for
doors and doorways to and within all guest rooms, including those not
required to be accessible. This applies to all doors, including
bathroom doors, that allow full user passage. Other requirements for
doors and doorways in Section 404 do not apply to guest rooms not
required to provide mobility features.
224.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility Features. In transient
lodging facilities, guest rooms with mobility features complying with
806.2 shall be provided in accordance with Table 224.2.
Table 224.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility Features (text version)
Total Number of Guest Rooms Provided
|
Minimum
Number of Required Rooms Without
Roll-in Showers
|
Minimum
Number of Required Rooms With
Roll-in Showers
|
Total Number of Required Rooms
|
1 to 25
|
1
|
0
|
1
|
26 to 50
|
2
|
0
|
2
|
51 to 75
|
3
|
1
|
4
|
76 to 100
|
4
|
1
|
5
|
101 to 150
|
5
|
2
|
7
|
151 to 200
|
6
|
2
|
8
|
201 to 300
|
7
|
3
|
10
|
301 to 400
|
8
|
4
|
12
|
401 to 500
|
9
|
4
|
13
|
501 to 1000
|
2 percent of total
|
1 percent of total
|
3 percent of total
|
1001 and over
|
20, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000
|
10, plus 1 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000
|
30, plus 2 for each 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000
|
224.3 Beds. In
guest rooms having more than 25 beds, 5 percent minimum of the beds
shall have clear floor space complying with 806.2.3.
224.4 Guest Rooms with Communication Features. In transient
lodging facilities, guest rooms with communication features complying
with 806.3 shall be provided in accordance with Table 224.4.
Table 224.4 Guest Rooms with Communication Features
Total Number of Guest Rooms Provided
|
Minimum Number of Required Guest Rooms With Communication Features
|
2 to 25
|
2
|
26 to 50
|
4
|
51 to 75
|
7
|
76 to 100
|
9
|
101 to 150
|
12
|
151 to 200
|
14
|
201 to 300
|
17
|
301 to 400
|
20
|
401 to 500
|
22
|
501 to 1000
|
5 percent of total
|
1001 and over
|
50, plus 3 for each 100 over 1000
|
224.5 Dispersion. Guest rooms required to provide mobility features complying with 806.2
and guest rooms required to provide communication features complying
with 806.3 shall be dispersed among the various classes of guest rooms,
and shall provide choices of types of guest rooms, number of beds,
and other amenities comparable to the choices provided to other guests.
Where the minimum number of guest rooms required to comply with 806 is
not sufficient to allow for complete dispersion, guest rooms shall be
dispersed in the following priority: guest room type, number of beds,
and amenities. At least one guest room required to provide mobility
features complying with 806.2 shall also provide communication features
complying with 806.3. Not more than 10 percent of guest rooms required
to provide mobility features complying with 806.2 shall be used to
satisfy the minimum number of guest rooms required to provide
communication features complying with 806.3.
Advisory 224.5 Dispersion. Factors to be
considered in providing an equivalent range of options may include, but
are not limited to, room size, bed size, cost, view, bathroom fixtures
such as hot tubs and spas, smoking and nonsmoking, and the number of
rooms provided.
225 Storage
225.1 General. Storage facilities shall comply with 225.
225.2 Storage. Where storage is provided in accessible spaces, at least one of each type shall comply with 811.
Advisory 225.2 Storage. Types of storage
include, but are not limited to, closets, cabinets, shelves, clothes
rods, hooks, and drawers. Where provided, at least one of each type of
storage must be within the reach ranges specified in 308; however, it
is permissible to install additional storage outside the reach ranges.
225.2.1 Lockers. Where lockers are provided, at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one of each type, shall comply with 811.
Advisory 225.2.1 Lockers. Different types
of lockers may include full-size and half-size lockers, as well as
those specifically designed for storage of various sports equipment.
225.2.2 Self-Service Shelving. Self-service shelves shall be located on an accessible route complying with 402. Self-service shelving shall not be required to comply with 308.
Advisory 225.2.2 Self-Service Shelving. Self-service shelves include, but are not limited to, library, store,
or post office shelves.
225.3 Self-Service
Storage Facilities. Self-service storage facilities shall provide
individual self-service storage spaces complying with these
requirements in accordance with Table 225.3.
Table 225.3 Self-Service Storage Facilities
Total Spaces in Facility
|
Minimum Number of Spaces Required to be Accessible
|
1 to 200
|
5 percent, but no fewer than 1
|
201 and over
|
10, plus 2 percent of total number of units over 200
|
Advisory 225.3 Self-Service Storage
Facilities. Although there are no technical requirements that are
unique to self-service storage facilities, elements and spaces provided
in facilities containing self-service storage spaces required to comply
with these requirements must comply with this document where
applicable. For example: the number of storage spaces required to
comply with these requirements must provide Accessible Routes complying
with Section 206; Accessible Means of Egress complying with Section
207; Parking Spaces complying with Section 208; and, where provided,
other public use or common use elements and facilities such as toilet
rooms, drinking fountains, and telephones must comply with the
applicable requirements of this document.
225.3.1 Dispersion. Individual self-service storage spaces shall be dispersed throughout
the various classes of spaces provided. Where more classes of spaces
are provided than the number required to be accessible, the number of
spaces shall not be required to exceed that required by Table 225.3.
Self-service storage spaces complying with Table 225.3 shall not be
required to be dispersed among buildings in a multi-building facility.
226 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces
226.1 General. Where dining surfaces are
provided for the consumption of food or drink, at least 5 percent of
the seating spaces and standing spaces at the dining surfaces shall
comply with 902. In addition, where work surfaces are provided for use
by other than employees, at least 5 percent shall comply with 902.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Sales counters and service counters shall not be required to comply with 902.
2. Check writing surfaces provided at check-out aisles not required to comply with 904.3 shall not be required to comply with 902.
Advisory 226.1 General. In facilities
covered by the ADA, this requirement does not apply to work surfaces
used only by employees. However, the ADA and, where applicable, Section
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, provide that
employees are entitled to "reasonable accommodations." With respect to
work surfaces, this means that employers may need to procure or adjust
work stations such as desks, laboratory and work benches, fume hoods,
reception counters, teller windows, study carrels, commercial kitchen
counters, and conference tables to accommodate the individual needs of
employees with disabilities on an "as needed" basis. Consider work
surfaces that are flexible and permit installation at variable heights
and clearances.
226.2 Dispersion. Dining surfaces and work
surfaces required to comply with 902 shall be dispersed throughout the
space or facility containing dining surfaces and work surfaces.
227 Sales and Service
227.1 General. Where provided, check-out aisles, sales counters, service counters, food service lines, queues, and waiting lines shall comply with 227 and 904.
227.2 Check-Out
Aisles. Where check-out aisles are provided, check-out aisles complying
with 904.3 shall be provided in accordance with Table 227.2. Where
check-out aisles serve different functions, check-out aisles complying
with 904.3 shall be provided in accordance with Table 227.2 for each
function. Where check-out aisles are dispersed throughout the building
or facility, check-out aisles complying with 904.3 shall be dispersed.
EXCEPTION: Where the selling space is under
5000 square feet (465 m2) no more than one check-out aisle complying
with 904.3 shall be required.
Table 227.2 Check-Out Aisles
Number of Check-Out Aisles of Each Function
|
Minimum Number of Check-Out Aisles of Each Function Required to Comply with 904.3
|
1 to 4
|
1
|
5 to 8
|
2
|
9 to 15
|
3
|
16 and over
|
3, plus 20 percent of additional aisles
|
227.2.1 Altered Check-Out Aisles. Where
check-out aisles are altered, at least one of each check-out aisle
serving each function shall comply with 904.3 until the number of
check-out aisles complies with 227.2.
227.3 Counters. Where provided, at least one of each type of sales counter and service
counter shall comply with 904.4. Where counters are dispersed
throughout the building or facility, counters complying with 904.4 also
shall be dispersed.
Advisory 227.3 Counters. Types of counters
that provide different services in the same facility include, but are
not limited to, order, pick-up, express, and returns. One continuous
counter can be used to provide different types of service. For example,
order and pick-up are different services. It would not be acceptable to
provide access only to the part of the counter where orders are taken
when orders are picked-up at a different location on the same counter.
Both the order and pick-up section of the counter must be accessible.
227.4 Food Service Lines. Food service lines shall comply with 904.5. Where self-service shelves are provided, at least 50 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type provided shall comply with 308.
227.5 Queues and Waiting Lines. Queues and waiting lines servicing counters or check-out aisles required to comply with 904.3 or 904.4 shall comply with 403.
228 Depositories, Vending Machines, Change Machines, Mail Boxes, and Fuel Dispensers
228.1 General. Where provided, at least one
of each type of depository, vending machine, change machine, and fuel
dispenser shall comply with 309.
EXCEPTION: Drive-up only depositories shall not be required to comply with 309.
Advisory 228.1 General. Depositories
include, but are not limited to, night receptacles in banks, post
offices, video stores, and libraries.
228.2 Mail
Boxes. Where mail boxes are provided in an interior location, at least
5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type shall comply with 309.
In residential facilities, where mail boxes are provided for each residential
dwelling unit, mail boxes complying with 309 shall be provided for each
residential dwelling unit required to provide mobility features
complying with 809.2 through 809.4.
229 Windows
229.1 General. Where glazed openings are
provided in accessible rooms or spaces for operation by occupants, at
least one opening shall comply with 309. Each glazed opening required
by an administrative authority to be operable shall comply with 309.
EXCEPTION:
1. Glazed openings in
residential dwelling units required to comply with 809 shall not be
required to comply with 229.
2. Glazed openings in guest rooms required
to provide communication features and in guest rooms required to comply
with 206.5.3 shall not be required to comply with 229.
230 Two-Way Communication Systems
230.1 General. Where a two-way
communication system is provided to gain admittance to a building or
facility or to restricted areas within a building or facility, the
system shall comply with 708.
Advisory 230.1 General. This requirement
applies to facilities such as office buildings, courthouses, and other
facilities where admittance to the building or restricted spaces is
dependent on two-way communication systems.
231 Judicial Facilities
231.1 General. Judicial facilities shall comply with 231.
231.2 Courtrooms. Each courtroom shall comply with 808.
231.3 Holding Cells. Where provided, central holding cells and court-floor holding cells shall comply with 231.3.
231.3.1 Central Holding Cells. Where
separate central holding cells are provided for adult male, juvenile
male, adult female, or juvenile female, one of each type shall comply
with 807.2. Where central holding cells are provided and are not
separated by age or sex, at least one cell complying with 807.2 shall
be provided.
231.3.2 Court-Floor Holding Cells. Where
separate court-floor holding cells are provided for adult male,
juvenile male, adult female, or juvenile female, each courtroom shall
be served by one cell of each type complying with 807.2. Where
court-floor holding cells are provided and are not separated by age or
sex, courtrooms shall be served by at least one cell complying with
807.2. Cells may serve more than one courtroom.
231.4 Visiting Areas. Visiting areas shall comply with 231.4.
231.4.1 Cubicles and Counters. At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of cubicles shall comply
with 902 on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters are
provided, at least one shall comply with 904.4.2 on both the visitor
and detainee sides.
EXCEPTION: The detainee side of cubicles or
counters at non-contact visiting areas not serving holding cells
required to comply with 231 shall not be required to comply with 902 or
904.4.2.
231.4.2 Partitions. Where solid partitions
or security glazing separate visitors from detainees at least one of
each type of cubicle or counter partition shall comply with 904.6.
232 Detention Facilities and Correctional Facilities
232.1 General. Buildings, facilities, or
portions thereof, in which people are detained for penal or correction
purposes, or in which the liberty of the inmates is restricted for
security reasons shall comply with 232. [See additional requirements at 28 CFR 35.151(k).]
Advisory 232.1 General. Detention
facilities include, but are not limited to, jails, detention centers,
and holding cells in police stations. Correctional facilities include,
but are not limited to, prisons, reformatories, and correctional
centers.
232.2 General Holding Cells and General Housing Cells. General holding cells and general housing cells shall be provided in accordance with 232.2.
EXCEPTION: Alterations to cells shall not be required to comply except to the extent determined by the Attorney General.
Advisory 232.2 General Holding Cells and
General Housing Cells. Accessible cells or rooms should be dispersed
among different levels of security, housing categories, and holding
classifications (e.g., male/female and adult/juvenile) to facilitate
access. Many detention and correctional facilities are designed so that
certain areas (e.g., "shift" areas) can be adapted to serve as
different types of housing according to need. For example, a shift area
serving as a medium-security housing unit might be redesignated for a
period of time as a high-security housing unit to meet capacity needs.
Placement of accessible cells or rooms in shift areas may allow
additional flexibility in meeting requirements for dispersion of
accessible cells or rooms.
Advisory 232.2 General Holding Cells and
General Housing Cells Exception. Although these requirements do not
specify that cells be accessible as a consequence of an alteration,
Title II of the ADA requires that each service, program, or activity
conducted by a public entity, when viewed in its entirety, be readily
accessible to and usable by individuals with disabilities. This
requirement must be met unless doing so would fundamentally alter the
nature of a service, program, or activity or would result in undue
financial and administrative burdens.
232.2.1 Cells with Mobility Features. At
least 2 percent, but no fewer than one, of the total number of cells in
a facility shall provide mobility features complying with 807.2.
232.2.1.1 Beds. In cells having more than 25 beds, at least 5 percent of the beds shall have clear floor space complying with 807.2.3.
232.2.2 Cells
with Communication Features. At least 2 percent, but no fewer than one,
of the total number of general holding cells and general housing cells
equipped with audible emergency alarm systems and permanently installed telephones within the cell shall provide communication features complying with 807.3.
232.3 Special Holding Cells and Special
Housing Cells. Where special holding cells or special housing cells are
provided, at least one cell serving each purpose shall provide mobility
features complying with 807.2. Cells subject to this requirement
include, but are not limited to, those used for purposes of
orientation, protective custody, administrative or disciplinary
detention or segregation, detoxification, and medical isolation.
EXCEPTION: Alterations to cells shall not be required to comply except to the extent determined by the Attorney General.
232.4 Medical
Care Facilities. Patient bedrooms or cells required to comply with 223
shall be provided in addition to any medical isolation cells required
to comply with 232.3.
232.5 Visiting Areas. Visiting areas shall comply with 232.5.
232.5.1 Cubicles and Counters. At least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of cubicles shall comply
with 902 on both the visitor and detainee sides. Where counters are
provided, at least one shall comply with 904.4.2 on both the visitor
and detainee or inmate sides.
EXCEPTION: The inmate or detainee side of cubicles or counters at non-contact visiting areas not serving holding cells or housing cells required to comply with 232 shall not be required to comply with 902 or 904.4.2.
232.5.2 Partitions. Where solid partitions
or security glazing separate visitors from detainees or inmates at
least one of each type of cubicle or counter partition shall comply
with 904.6.
233 Residential Facilities
233.1 General. Facilities with residential dwelling units shall comply with 233. [See additional requirements at 28 CFR 35.151(e) and 28 CFR 35.151(f) and 28 CFR 36.406(d) and 28 CFR 36.406(e).]
Advisory 233.1 General. Section 233
outlines the requirements for residential facilities subject to the
Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. The facilities covered by
Section 233, as well as other facilities not covered by this section,
may still be subject to other Federal laws such as the Fair Housing Act
and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. For
example, the Fair Housing Act requires that certain residential
structures having four or more multi-family dwelling units, regardless
of whether they are privately owned or federally assisted, include
certain features of accessible and adaptable design according to
guidelines established by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development (HUD). These laws and the appropriate regulations should be
consulted before proceeding with the design and construction of
residential facilities.
Residential facilities containing
residential dwelling units provided by entities subject to HUD's
Section 504 regulations and residential dwelling units covered by
Section 233.3 must comply with the technical and scoping requirements
in Chapters 1 through 10 included this document. Section233is not a
stand-alone section; this section only addresses the minimum number of
residential dwelling units within a facility required to comply with
Chapter 8. However, residential facilities must also comply with the
requirements of this document. For example: Section 206.5.4 requires
all doors and doorways providing user passage in residential dwelling
units providing mobility features to comply with Section 404; Section
206.7.6 permits platform lifts to be used to connect levels within
residential dwelling units providing mobility features; Section 208
provides general scoping for accessible parking and Section 208.2.3.1
specifies the required number of accessible parking spaces for each
residential dwelling unit providing mobility features; Section 228.2
requires mail boxes to be within reach ranges when they serve
residential dwelling units providing mobility features; play areas are
addressed in Section 240; and swimming pools are addressed in Section
242. There are special provisions applicable to facilities containing
residential dwelling units at: Exception 3 to 202.3; Exception to
202.4; 203.8; and Exception 4 to 206.2.3.
233.2 Residential
Dwelling Units Provided by Entities Subject to HUD Section 504
Regulations. Where facilities with residential dwelling units are
provided by entities subject to regulations issued by the Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) under Section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, such entities shall provide residential
dwelling units with mobility features complying with 809.2 through
809.4 in a number required by the applicable HUD regulations.
Residential dwelling units required to provide mobility features
complying with 809.2 through 809.4 shall be on an accessible
route as required by 206. In addition, such entities shall provide
residential dwelling units with communication features complying with
809.5 in a number required by the applicable HUD regulations. Entities
subject to 233.2 shall not be required to comply with 233.3.
Advisory 233.2 Residential Dwelling Units
Provided by Entities Subject to HUD Section 504 Regulations. Section
233.2 requires that entities subject to HUD's regulations implementing
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, provide
residential dwelling units containing mobility features and residential
dwelling units containing communication features complying with these
regulations in a number specified in HUD's Section 504 regulations.
Further, the residential dwelling units provided must be dispersed
according to HUD's Section 504 criteria. In addition, Section 233.2
defers to HUD the specification of criteria by which the technical
requirements of this document will apply to alterations of existing
facilities subject to HUD's Section 504 regulations.
233.3 Residential Dwelling Units Provided
by Entities Not Subject to HUD Section 504 Regulations. Facilities with
residential dwelling units provided by entities not subject to
regulations issued by the Department of Housing and Urban Development
(HUD) under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended,
shall comply with 233.3.
233.3.1 Minimum Number: New Construction. Newly constructed facilities with residential dwelling units shall
comply with 233.3.1.
EXCEPTION: Where facilities contain 15 or
fewer residential dwelling units, the requirements of 233.3.1.1 and
233.3.1.2 shall apply to the total number of residential dwelling units
that are constructed under a single contract, or are developed as a
whole, whether or not located on a common site.
233.3.1.1 Residential Dwelling Units with
Mobility Features. In facilities with residential dwelling units, at
least 5 percent, but no fewer than one unit, of the total number of
residential dwelling units shall provide mobility features complying
with 809.2 through 809.4 and shall be on an accessible route as
required by 206.
233.3.1.2 Residential Dwelling Units with
Communication Features. In facilities with residential dwelling units,
at least 2 percent, but no fewer than one unit, of the total number of
residential dwelling units shall provide communication features
complying with 809.5.
233.3.2 Residential Dwelling Units for
Sale. Residential dwelling units offered for sale shall provide
accessible features to the extent required by regulations issued by
Federal agencies under the Americans with Disabilities Act or Section
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. [See additional requirements at 28 CFR 35.151(j).]
Advisory 233.3.2 Residential Dwelling Units
for Sale. A public entity that conducts a program to build housing for
purchase by individual home buyers must provide access according to the
requirements of the ADA regulations and a program receiving Federal
financial assistance must comply with the applicable Section 504
regulation.
233.3.3 Additions. Where an addition to an existing building results in an increase in the number of residential
dwelling units, the requirements of 233.3.1 shall apply only to the
residential dwelling units that are added until the total number of
residential dwelling units complies with the minimum number required by
233.3.1. Residential dwelling units required to comply with 233.3.1.1
shall be on an accessible route as required by 206.
233.3.4 Alterations. Alterations shall comply with 233.3.4.
EXCEPTION: Where compliance with 809.2,
809.3, or 809.4 is technically infeasible, or where it is technically
infeasible to provide an accessible route to a residential dwelling
unit, the entity shall be permitted to alter or construct a comparable
residential dwelling unit to comply with 809.2 through 809.4 provided
that the minimum number of residential dwelling units required by
233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2, as applicable, is satisfied.
Advisory 233.3.4 Alterations Exception. A
substituted dwelling unit must be comparable to the dwelling unit that
is not made accessible. Factors to be considered in comparing one
dwelling unit to another should include the number of bedrooms;
amenities provided within the dwelling unit; types of common spaces
provided within the facility; and location with respect to community
resources and services, such as public transportation and civic,
recreational, and mercantile facilities.
233.3.4.1 Alterations to Vacated Buildings. Where a building is vacated for the purposes of alteration, and the
altered building contains more than 15 residential dwelling units, at
least 5 percent of the residential dwelling units shall comply with
809.2 through 809.4 and shall be on an accessible route as required by
206. In addition, at least 2 percent of the residential dwelling units
shall comply with 809.5.
Advisory 233.3.4.1 Alterations to Vacated
Buildings. This provision is intended to apply where a building is
vacated with the intent to alter the building. Buildings that are
vacated solely for pest control or asbestos removal are not subject to
the requirements to provide residential dwelling units with mobility
features or communication features.
233.3.4.2 Alterations to Individual
Residential Dwelling Units. In individual residential dwelling units,
where a bathroom or a kitchen is substantially altered, and at least
one other room is altered, the requirements of 233.3.1 shall apply to
the altered residential dwelling units until the total number of
residential dwelling units complies with the minimum number required by
233.3.1.1 and 233.3.1.2. Residential dwelling units required to comply
with 233.3.1.1 shall be on an accessible route as required by 206.
EXCEPTION: Where facilities contain 15 or
fewer residential dwelling units, the requirements of 233.3.1.1 and
233.3.1.2 shall apply to the total number of residential dwelling units
that are altered under a single contract, or are developed as a whole,
whether or not located on a common site.
Advisory 233.3.4.2 Alterations to
Individual Residential Dwelling Units. Section 233.3.4.2 uses the terms
"substantially altered" and "altered." A substantial alteration to a
kitchen or bathroom includes, but is not limited to, alterations that
are changes to or rearrangements in the plan configuration, or
replacement of cabinetry. Substantial alterations do not include normal
maintenance or appliance and fixture replacement, unless such
maintenance or replacement requires changes to or rearrangements in the
plan configuration, or replacement of cabinetry. The term "alteration"
is defined both in Section 106 of these requirements and in the
Department of Justice ADA regulations.
233.3.5 Dispersion. Residential
dwelling units required to provide mobility features complying with
809.2 through 809.4 and residential dwelling units required to provide
communication features complying with 809.5 shall be dispersed among
the various types of residential dwelling units in the facility and
shall provide choices of residential dwelling units comparable to, and
integrated with, those available to other residents.
EXCEPTION: Where multi-story residential
dwelling units are one of the types of residential dwelling units
provided, one-story residential dwelling units shall be permitted as a
substitute for multi-story residential dwelling units where equivalent
spaces and amenities are provided in the one-story residential dwelling
unit.
234 Amusement Rides
234.1 General. Amusement rides shall comply with 234.
EXCEPTION: Mobile or portable amusement rides shall not be required to comply with 234.
Advisory 234.1 General. These requirements
apply generally to newly designed and constructed amusement rides and
attractions. A custom designed and constructed ride is new upon its
first use, which is the first time amusement park patrons take the
ride. With respect to amusement rides purchased from other entities,
new refers to the first permanent installation of the ride, whether it
is used off the shelf or modified before it is installed. Where
amusement rides are moved after several seasons to another area of the
park or to another park, the ride would not be considered newly
designed or newly constructed.
Some amusement rides and attractions that
have unique designs and features are not addressed by these
requirements. In those situations, these requirements are to be applied
to the extent possible. An example of an amusement ride not
specifically addressed by these requirements includes "virtual reality"
rides where the device does not move through a fixed course within a
defined area. An accessible route must be provided to these rides.
Where an attraction or ride has unique features for which there are no
applicable scoping provisions, then a reasonable number, but at least
one, of the features must be located on an accessible route. Where
there are appropriate technical provisions, they must be applied to the
elements that are covered by the scoping provisions.
Advisory 234.1 General Exception. Mobile or
temporary rides are those set up for short periods of time such as
traveling carnivals, State and county fairs, and festivals. The
amusement rides that are covered by 234.1 are ones that are not
regularly assembled and disassembled.
234.2 Load and Unload Areas. Load and unload areas serving amusement rides shall comply with 1002.3.
234.3 Minimum Number. Amusement rides shall
provide at least one wheelchair space complying with 1002.4, or at
least one amusement ride seat designed for transfer complying with
1002.5, or at least one transfer device complying with 1002.6.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Amusement rides that are controlled or operated by the rider shall not be required to comply with 234.3.
2. Amusement rides designed primarily for children, where children are assisted on and off the ride by an adult, shall not be required to comply with 234.3.
3. Amusement rides that do not provide amusement ride seats shall not be required to comply with 234.3.
Advisory 234.3 Minimum Number Exceptions 1
through 3. Amusement rides controlled or operated by the rider,
designed for children, or rides without ride seats are not required to
comply with 234.3. These rides are not exempt from the other provisions
in 234 requiring an accessible route to the load and unload areas and
to the ride. The exception does not apply to those rides where patrons
may cause the ride to make incidental movements, but where the patron
otherwise has no control over the ride.
Advisory 234.3 Minimum Number Exception 2. The exception is limited to those rides designed "primarily" for
children, where children are assisted on and off the ride by an adult.
This exception is limited to those rides designed for children and not
for the occasional adult user. An accessible route to and turning space
in the load and unload area will provide access for adults and family
members assisting children on and off these rides.
234.4 Existing Amusement Rides. Where existing amusement rides are altered, the alteration shall comply with 234.4.
Advisory 234.4 Existing Amusement Rides.
Routine maintenance, painting, and changing of theme boards are
examples of activities that do not constitute an alteration subject to
this section.
234.4.1 Load and Unload Areas. Where load
and unload areas serving existing amusement rides are newly designed
and constructed, the load and unload areas shall comply with 1002.3.
234.4.2 Minimum Number. Where the
structural or operational characteristics of an amusement ride are
altered to the extent that the amusement ride's performance differs
from that specified by the manufacturer or the original design, the
amusement ride shall comply with 234.3.
235 Recreational Boating Facilities
235.1 General. Recreational boating facilities shall comply with 235.
235.2 Boat
Slips. Boat slips complying with 1003.3.1 shall be provided in
accordance with Table 235.2. Where the number of boat slips is not
identified, each 40 feet (12 m) of boat slip edge provided along the
perimeter of the pier shall be counted as one boat slip for the purpose
of this section.
Table 235.2 Boat Slips
Total Number of Boat Slips Provided in Facility
|
Minimum Number of Required Accessible Boat Slips
|
1 to 25
|
1
|
26 to 50
|
2
|
51 to 100
|
3
|
101 to 150
|
4
|
151 to 300
|
5
|
301 to 400
|
6
|
401 to 500
|
7
|
501 to 600
|
8
|
601 to 700
|
9
|
701 to 800
|
10
|
801 to 900
|
11
|
901 to 1000
|
12
|
1001 and over
|
12, plus 1 for every 100, or fraction thereof, over 1000
|
Advisory 235.2 Boat Slips. The requirement
for boat slips also applies to piers where boat slips are not
demarcated. For example, a single pier 25 feet (7620 mm) long and 5
feet (1525 mm) wide (the minimum width specified by Section 1003.3)
allows boats to moor on three sides. Because the number of boat slips
is not demarcated, the total length of boat slip edge (55 feet, 17 m)
must be used to determine the number of boat slips provided (two). This
number is based on the specification in Section 235.2 that each 40 feet
(12 m) of boat slip edge, or fraction thereof, counts as one boat slip.
In this example, Table 235.2 would require one boat slip to be
accessible.
235.2.1 Dispersion. Boat slips complying with 1003.3.1 shall be dispersed throughout the
various types of boat slips provided. Where the minimum number of boat
slips required to comply with 1003.3.1 has been met, no further
dispersion shall be required.
Advisory 235.2.1 Dispersion. Types of boat
slips are based on the size of the boat slips; whether single berths or
double berths, shallow water or deep water, transient or longer-term
lease, covered or uncovered; and whether slips are equipped with
features such as telephone, water, electricity or cable connections.
The term "boat slip" is intended to cover any pier area other than
launch ramp boarding piers where recreational boats are moored for
purposes of berthing, embarking, or disembarking. For example, a fuel
pier may contain boat slips, and this type of short term slip would be
included in determining compliance with 235.2.
235.3 Boarding Piers at Boat
Launch Ramps. Where boarding piers are provided at boat launch ramps,
at least 5 percent, but no fewer than one, of the boarding piers shall
comply with 1003.3.2.
236 Exercise Machines and Equipment
236.1 General. At least one of each type of exercise machine and equipment shall comply with 1004.
Advisory 236.1 General. Most strength
training equipment and machines are considered different types. Where
operators provide a biceps curl machine and cable-cross-over machine,
both machines are required to meet the provisions in this section, even
though an individual may be able to work on their biceps through both
types of equipment.
Similarly, there are many types of
cardiovascular exercise machines, such as stationary bicycles, rowing
machines, stair climbers, and treadmills. Each machine provides a
cardiovascular exercise and is considered a different type for purposes
of these requirements.
237 Fishing Piers and Platforms
237.1 General. Fishing piers and platforms shall comply with 1005.
238 Golf Facilities
238.1 General. Golf facilities shall comply with 238.
238.2 Golf Courses. Golf courses shall comply with 238.2.
238.2.1 Teeing
Grounds. Where one teeing ground is provided for a hole, the teeing
ground shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter
and exit the teeing ground. Where two teeing grounds are provided for a
hole, the forward teeing ground shall be designed and constructed so
that a golf car can enter and exit the teeing ground. Where three or
more teeing grounds are provided for a hole, at least two teeing
grounds, including the forward teeing ground, shall be designed and
constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit each teeing ground.
EXCEPTION: In existing golf courses, the
forward teeing ground shall not be required to be one of the teeing
grounds on a hole designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter
and exit the teeing ground where compliance is not feasible due to
terrain.
238.2.2 Putting Greens. Putting greens shall be designed and constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the putting green.
238.2.3 Weather
Shelters. Where provided, weather shelters shall be designed and
constructed so that a golf car can enter and exit the weather shelter
and shall comply with 1006.4.
238.3 Practice Putting Greens, Practice Teeing
Grounds, and Teeing Stations at Driving Ranges. At least 5 percent, but
no fewer than one, of practice putting greens, practice teeing grounds,
and teeing stations at driving ranges shall be designed and constructed
so that a golf car can enter and exit the practice putting greens,
practice teeing grounds, and teeing stations at driving ranges.
239 Miniature Golf Facilities
239.1 General. Miniature golf facilities shall comply with 239.
239.2 Minimum Number. At least 50 percent of holes on miniature golf courses shall comply with 1007.3.
Advisory 239.2 Minimum Number. Where
possible, providing access to all holes on a miniature golf course is
recommended. If a course is designed with the minimum 50 percent
accessible holes, designers or operators are encouraged to select holes
which provide for an equivalent experience to the maximum extent
possible.
239.3 Miniature Golf Course Configuration. Miniature golf courses shall be configured so that the holes complying
with 1007.3 are consecutive. Miniature golf courses shall provide an accessible route from the last hole complying with 1007.3 to the course entrance or exit without requiring travel through any other holes on the course.
EXCEPTION: One break in the sequence of
consecutive holes shall be permitted provided that the last hole on the
miniature golf course is the last hole in the sequence.
Advisory 239.3 Miniature Golf Course
Configuration. Where only the minimum 50 percent of the holes are
accessible, an accessible route from the last accessible hole to the
course exit or entrance must not require travel back through other
holes. In some cases, this may require an additional accessible route.
Other options include increasing the number of accessible holes in a
way that limits the distance needed to connect the last accessible hole
with the course exit or entrance.
240 Play Areas
240.1 General. Play areas for children
ages 2 and over shall comply with 240. Where separate play areas are
provided within a site for specific age groups, each play area shall
comply with 240.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Play areas located in family
child care facilities where the proprietor actually resides shall not
be required to comply with 240.
2. In existing play areas, where play
components are relocated for the purposes of creating safe use zones
and the ground surface is not altered or extended for more than one use
zone, the play area shall not be required to comply with 240.
3. Amusement attractions shall not be required to comply with 240.
4. Where play components are altered and
the ground surface is not altered, the ground surface shall not be
required to comply with 1008.2.6 unless required by 202.4.
Advisory 240.1 General. Play areas may be
located on exterior sites or within a building. Where separate play
areas are provided within a site for children in specified age groups
(e.g., preschool (ages 2 to 5) and school age (ages 5 to 12)), each
play area must comply with this section. Where play areas are provided
for the same age group on a site but are geographically separated
(e.g., one is located next to a picnic area and another is located next
to a softball field), they are considered separate play areas and each
play area must comply with this section.
240.1.1 Additions. Where play
areas are designed and constructed in phases, the requirements of 240
shall apply to each successive addition so that when the addition is
completed, the entire play area complies with all the applicable
requirements of 240.
Advisory 240.1.1 Additions. These
requirements are to be applied so that when each successive addition is
completed, the entire play area complies with all applicable
provisions. For example, a play area is built in two phases. In the
first phase, there are 10 elevated play components and 10 elevated play
components are added in the second phase for a total of 20 elevated
play components in the play area. When the first phase was completed,
at least 5 elevated play components, including at least 3 different
types, were to be provided on an accessible route. When the second
phase is completed, at least 10 elevated play components must be
located on an accessible route, and at least 7 ground level play
components, including 4 different types, must be provided on an
accessible route. At the time the second phase is complete, ramps must
be used to connect at least 5 of the elevated play components and
transfer systems are permitted to be used to connect the rest of the
elevated play components required to be located on an accessible route.
240.2 Play Components. Where provided, play components shall comply with 240.2.
240.2.1 Ground Level Play Components. Ground level play components shall be provided in the number and types
required by 240.2.1. Ground level play components that are provided to
comply with 240.2.1.1 shall be permitted to satisfy the additional
number required by 240.2.1.2 if the minimum required types of play
components are satisfied. Where two or more required ground level play
components are provided, they shall be dispersed throughout the play
area and integrated with other play components.
Advisory 240.2.1 Ground Level Play
Components. Examples of ground level play components may include spring
rockers, swings, diggers, and stand-alone slides. When distinguishing
between the different types of ground level play components, consider
the general experience provided by the play component. Examples of
different types of experiences include, but are not limited to,
rocking, swinging, climbing, spinning, and sliding. A spiral
slide may provide a slightly different experience from a straight
slide, but sliding is the general experience and therefore a spiral
slide is not considered a different type of play component from a
straight slide.
Ground level play components accessed by
children with disabilities must be integrated into the play area.
Designers should consider the optimal layout of ground level play
components accessed by children with disabilities to foster interaction
and socialization among all children. Grouping all ground level play
components accessed by children with disabilities in one location is
not considered integrated.
Where a stand-alone slide is provided, an
accessible route must connect the base of the stairs at the entry point
to the exit point of the slide. A ramp or transfer system to the top of
the slide is not required. Where a sand box is provided, an accessible
route must connect to the border of the sand box. Accessibility to the
sand box would be enhanced by providing a transfer system into the sand
or by providing a raised sand table with knee clearance complying with
1008.4.3.
Ramps are preferred over transfer systems
since not all children who use wheelchairs or other mobility devices
may be able to use, or may choose not to use, transfer systems. Where
ramps connect elevated play components, the maximum rise of any ramp
run is limited to 12 inches (305 mm). Where possible, designers and
operators are encouraged to provide ramps with a slope less than the
1:12 maximum. Berms or sculpted dirt may be used to provide elevation
and may be part of an accessible route to composite play structures.
Platform lifts are permitted as a part of
an accessible route. Because lifts must be independently operable,
operators should carefully consider the appropriateness of their use in
unsupervised settings.
240.2.1.1 Minimum Number and Types. Where
ground level play components are provided, at least one of each type
shall be on an accessible route and shall comply with 1008.4.
240.2.1.2 Additional Number and Types. Where elevated play components are provided, ground level play
components shall be provided in accordance with Table 240.2.1.2 and
shall comply with 1008.4.
EXCEPTION: If at least 50 percent of the elevated play components are connected by a ramp
and at least 3 of the elevated play components connected by the ramp
are different types of play components, the play area shall not be
required to comply with 240.2.1.2.
Table 240.2.1.2 Number and Types of Ground Level Play Components
Required to be on Accessible Routes (text version)
Number of Elevated Play
Components Provided
|
Minimum Number of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on an Accessible Route
|
Minimum Number of Different Types of Ground Level Play Components Required to be on an Accessible Route
|
1
|
Not applicable
|
Not applicable
|
2 to 4
|
1
|
1
|
5 to 7
|
2
|
2
|
8 to 10
|
3
|
3
|
11 to 13
|
4
|
3
|
14 to 16
|
5
|
3
|
17 to 19
|
6
|
3
|
20 to 22
|
7
|
4
|
23 to 25
|
8
|
4
|
26 and over
|
8, plus 1 for each additional 3,
or fraction thereof, over 25
|
5
|
Advisory 240.2.1.2 Additional Number and
Types. Where a large play area includes two or more composite play
structures designed for the same age group, the total number of
elevated play components on all the composite play structures must be
added to determine the additional number and types of ground level play
components that must be provided on an accessible route.
240.2.2 Elevated Play Components. Where
elevated play components are provided, at least 50 percent shall be on
an accessible route and shall comply with 1008.4.
Advisory 240.2.2 Elevated Play Components. A double or triple slide that is part of a composite play structure is
one elevated play component. For purposes of this section, ramps,
transfer systems, steps, decks, and roofs are not considered elevated
play components. Although socialization and pretend play can occur on
these elements, they are not primarily intended for play.
Some play components that are attached to a
composite play structure can be approached or exited at the ground
level or above grade from a platform or deck. For example, a climber
attached to a composite play structure can be approached or exited at
the ground level or above grade from a platform or deck on a composite
play structure. Play components that are attached to a composite
play structure and can be approached from a platform or deck (e.g.,
climbers and overhead play components) are considered elevated play
components. These play components are not considered ground level play
components and do not count toward the requirements in 240.2.1.2
regarding the number of ground level play components that must be
located on an accessible route.
241 Saunas and Steam Rooms
241 General. Where provided, saunas and steam rooms shall comply with 612.
EXCEPTION: Where saunas or steam rooms are
clustered at a single location, no more than 5 percent of the saunas
and steam rooms, but no fewer than one, of each type in each cluster
shall be required to comply with 612.
242 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas
242.1 General. Swimming pools, wading pools, and spas shall comply with 242.
242.2 Swimming Pools. At least two
accessible means of entry shall be provided for swimming pools.
Accessible means of entry shall be swimming pool lifts complying with
1009.2; sloped entries complying with 1009.3; transfer walls complying
with 1009.4; transfer systems complying with 1009.5; and pool stairs
complying with 1009.6. At least one accessible means of entry provided
shall comply with 1009.2 or 1009.3.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where a swimming pool has
less than 300 linear feet (91 m) of swimming pool wall, no more than
one accessible means of entry shall be required provided that the
accessible means of entry is a swimming pool lift complying with 1009.2
or sloped entry complying with 1009.3.
2. Wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand
bottom pools, and other pools where user access is limited to one area
shall not be required to provide more than one accessible means of
entry provided that the accessible means of entry is a swimming pool
lift complying with 1009.2, a sloped entry complying with 1009.3, or a
transfer system complying with 1009.5.
3. Catch pools shall not be required to provide an accessible means of entry provided that the catch pool edge is on an accessible route.
Advisory 242.2 Swimming Pools. Where more
than one means of access is provided into the water, it is recommended
that the means be different. Providing different means of access will
better serve the varying needs of people with disabilities in getting
into and out of a swimming pool. It is also recommended that where two
or more means of access are provided, they not be provided in the same
location in the pool. Different locations will provide increased
options for entry and exit, especially in larger pools.
Advisory 242.2 Swimming Pools Exception 1. Pool walls at diving areas and areas along pool walls where there is no
pool entry because of landscaping or adjacent structures are to be
counted when determining the number of accessible means of entry
required.
242.3 Wading Pools. At least one accessible
means of entry shall be provided for wading pools. Accessible means of
entry shall comply with sloped entries complying with 1009.3.
242.4 Spas. At
least one accessible means of entry shall be provided for spas.
Accessible means of entry shall comply with swimming pool lifts
complying with1009.2; transfer walls complying with 1009.4; or transfer
systems complying with 1009.5.
EXCEPTION: Where spas are provided in a
cluster, no more than 5 percent, but no fewer than one, spa in each
cluster shall be required to comply with 242.4.
243 Shooting Facilities with Firing Positions
243.1 General. Where shooting facilities
with firing positions are designed and constructed at a site, at least
5 percent, but no fewer than one, of each type of firing position shall
comply with 1010.
CHAPTER 3: BUILDING BLOCKS
301 General
301.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 3
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
302 Floor or Ground Surfaces
302.1 General. Floor and ground surfaces shall be stable, firm, and slip resistant and shall comply with 302.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Within animal containment areas, floor and ground surfaces shall not be required to be stable, firm, and slip resistant.
2. Areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 302.
Advisory 302.1 General. A stable surface is
one that remains unchanged by contaminants or applied force, so that
when the contaminant or force is removed, the surface returns to its
original condition. A firm surface resists deformation by either
indentations or particles moving on its surface. A slip-resistant
surface provides sufficient frictional counterforce to the forces
exerted in walking to permit safe ambulation.
302.2 Carpet. Carpet or carpet tile shall be securely attached and shall have a firm
cushion, pad, or backing or no cushion or pad. Carpet or carpet tile
shall have a level loop, textured loop, level cut pile, or level
cut/uncut pile texture. Pile height shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum.
Exposed edges of carpet shall be fastened to floor surfaces and shall
have trim on the entire length of the exposed edge. Carpet edge trim
shall comply with 303.
Advisory 302.2 Carpet. Carpets and
permanently affixed mats can significantly increase the amount of force
(roll resistance) needed to propel a wheelchair over a surface. The
firmer the carpeting and backing, the lower the roll resistance. A pile
thickness up to 1/2 inch (13 mm) (measured to the backing, cushion, or
pad) is allowed, although a lower pile provides easier wheelchair
maneuvering. If a backing, cushion or pad is used, it must be firm.
Preferably, carpet pad should not be used because the soft padding
increases roll resistance.
|
Figure 302.2 Carpet Pile Height
|
302.3 Openings. Openings in floor
or ground surfaces shall not allow passage of a sphere more than 1/2
inch (13 mm) diameter except as allowed in 407.4.3, 409.4.3, 410.4,
810.5.3 and 810.10. Elongated openings shall be placed so that the long
dimension is perpendicular to the dominant direction of travel.
|
Figure 302.3 Elongated Openings in Floor or Ground Surfaces
|
303 Changes in Level
303.1 General. Where changes in level are permitted in floor or ground surfaces, they shall comply with 303.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Animal containment areas shall not be required to comply with 303.
2. Areas of sport activity shall not be required to comply with 303.
303.2 Vertical. Changes in level of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high maximum shall be permitted to be vertical.
|
Figure 303.2 Vertical Change in Level
|
303.3 Beveled. Changes in level between
1/4 inch (6.4 mm) high minimum and 1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum shall be beveled with a slope not steeper than 1:2.
Advisory 303.3 Beveled. A change in level of 1/2 inch (13 mm) is permitted to be
1/4 inch (6.4 mm) vertical plus 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) beveled. However, in no case may the combined change in level exceed
1/2 inch (13 mm). Changes in level exceeding 1/2 inch (13 mm) must comply with 405 (Ramps) or 406 (Curb Ramps).
|
Figure 303.3 Beveled Change in Level
|
303.4 Ramps. Changes in level greater than
1/2 inch (13 mm) high shall be ramped, and shall comply with 405 or 406.
304 Turning Space
304.1 General. Turning space shall comply with 304.
304.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a turning space shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.
Advisory 304.2 Floor or Ground Surface
Exception. As used in this section, the phrase "changes in level"
refers to surfaces with slopes and to surfaces with abrupt rise
exceeding that permitted in Section 303.3. Such changes in level are
prohibited in required clear floor and ground spaces, turning spaces,
and in similar spaces where people using wheelchairs and other mobility
devices must park their mobility aids such as in wheelchair spaces, or
maneuver to use elements such as at doors, fixtures, and telephones.
The exception permits slopes not steeper than 1:48.
304.3 Size. Turning space shall comply with 304.3.1 or 304.3.2.
304.3.1 Circular Space. The turning space
shall be a space of 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum. The space
shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306.
304.3.2 T-Shaped Space. The turning space
shall be a T-shaped space within a 60 inch (1525 mm) square minimum
with arms and base 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum. Each arm of the T
shall be clear of obstructions 12 inches (305 mm) minimum in each
direction and the base shall be clear of obstructions 24 inches (610
mm) minimum. The space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306 only at the end of either the base or one arm.
|
Figure 304.3.2 T-Shaped Turning Space
|
304.4 Door Swing. Doors shall be permitted to swing into turning spaces.
305 Clear Floor or Ground Space
305.1 General. Clear floor or ground space shall comply with 305.
305.2 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of a clear floor or ground space shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.
305.3 Size. The clear floor or ground space shall be 30 inches (760 mm) minimum by 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum.
|
Figure 305.3 Clear Floor or Ground Space
|
305.4 Knee and Toe Clearance. Unless otherwise specified, clear floor or ground space shall be permitted to include knee and toe clearance complying with 306.
305.5 Position. Unless otherwise specified,
clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for either forward or
parallel approach to an element.
|
Figure 305.5 Position of Clear Floor or Ground Space
|
305.6 Approach. One full unobstructed side of the clear floor or ground space shall adjoin an accessible route or adjoin another clear floor or ground space.
305.7 Maneuvering Clearance. Where a clear
floor or ground space is located in an alcove or otherwise confined on
all or part of three sides, additional maneuvering clearance shall be
provided in accordance with 305.7.1 and 305.7.2.
305.7.1 Forward Approach. Alcoves shall be 36 inches (915 mm)wide minimum where the depth exceeds 24 inches (610 mm).
|
Figure 305.7.1 Maneuvering Clearance in an Alcove, Forward Approach
|
305.7.2 Parallel Approach. Alcoves shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum where the depth exceeds 15 inches (380 mm).
|
Figure 305.7.2 Maneuvering Clearance in an Alcove, Parallel Approach
|
306 Knee and Toe Clearance
306.1 General. Where space beneath an element is included as part of clear floor or ground space or turning
space, the space shall comply with 306. Additional space shall not be
prohibited beneath an element but shall not be considered as part of
the clear floor or ground space or turning space.
Advisory 306.1 General. Clearances are
measured in relation to the usable clear floor space, not necessarily
to the vertical support for an element. When determining clearance
under an object for required turning or maneuvering space, care should
be taken to ensure the space is clear of any obstructions.
306.2 Toe Clearance.
306.2.1 General. Space under an element
between the finish floor or ground and 9 inches (230 mm) above the
finish floor or ground shall be considered toe clearance and shall
comply with 306.2.
306.2.2 Maximum Depth. Toe clearance shall extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element.
306.2.3 Minimum Required Depth. Where toe
clearance is required at an element as part of a clear floor space, the
toe clearance shall extend 17 inches (430 mm) minimum under the element.
306.2.4 Additional Clearance. Space
extending greater than 6 inches (150 mm) beyond the available knee
clearance at 9 inches (230 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall
not be considered toe clearance.
306.2.5 Width. Toe clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum.
|
Figure 306.2 Toe Clearance
|
306.3 Knee Clearance.
306.3.1 General. Space under an element
between 9 inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor
or ground shall be considered knee clearance and shall comply with
306.3.
306.3.2 Maximum Depth. Knee clearance shall
extend 25 inches (635 mm) maximum under an element at 9 inches (230 mm)
above the finish floor or ground.
306.3.3 Minimum Required Depth. Where knee
clearance is required under an element as part of a clear floor space,
the knee clearance shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum at 9 inches
(230 mm) above the finish floor or ground, and 8 inches (205 mm) deep
minimum at 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or ground.
306.3.4 Clearance Reduction. Between 9
inches (230 mm) and 27 inches (685 mm) above the finish floor or
ground, the knee clearance shall be permitted to reduce at a rate of 1
inch (25 mm) in depth for each 6 inches (150 mm) in height.
306.3.5 Width. Knee clearance shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum.
|
Figure 306.3 Knee Clearance
|
307 Protruding Objects
307.1 General. Protruding objects shall comply with 307.
307.2 Protrusion Limits. Objects with
leading edges more than 27 inches (685 mm) and not more than 80 inches
(2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall protrude 4 inches (100
mm) maximum horizontally into the circulation path.
EXCEPTION: Handrails shall be permitted to protrude 4
1/2 inches (115 mm) maximum.
Advisory 307.2 Protrusion Limits. When a
cane is used and the element is in the detectable range, it gives a
person sufficient time to detect the element with the cane before there
is body contact. Elements located on circulation paths, including
operable elements, must comply with requirements for protruding
objects. For example, awnings and their supporting structures cannot
reduce the minimum required vertical clearance. Similarly, casement
windows, when open, cannot encroach more than 4 inches (100 mm) into
circulation paths above 27 inches (685 mm).
|
Figure 307.2 Limits of Protruding Objects
|
307.3 Post-Mounted
Objects. Free-standing objects mounted on posts or pylons shall
overhang circulation paths 12 inches (305 mm) maximum when located 27
inches (685 mm) minimum and 80 inches (2030 mm) maximum above the
finish floor or ground. Where a sign or other obstruction is mounted
between posts or pylons and the clear distance between the posts or
pylons is greater than 12 inches (305 mm), the lowest edge of such sign
or obstruction shall be 27 inches (685 mm) maximum or 80 inches (2030
mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.
EXCEPTION: The sloping portions of handrails serving stairs and ramps shall not be required to comply with 307.3.
|
Figure 307.3 Post-Mounted Protruding Objects
|
307.4 Vertical
Clearance. Vertical clearance shall be 80 inches (2030 mm) high
minimum. Guardrails or other barriers shall be provided where the
vertical clearance is less than 80 inches (2030 mm) high. The leading
edge of such guardrail or barrier shall be located 27 inches (685 mm)
maximum above the finish floor or ground.
EXCEPTION: Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.
|
Figure 307.4 Vertical Clearance
|
307.5 Required Clear Width. Protruding objects shall not reduce the clear width required for accessible routes.
308 Reach Ranges
308.1 General. Reach ranges shall comply with 308.
Advisory 308.1 General. The following table
provides guidance on reach ranges for children according to age where
building elements such as coat hooks, lockers, or operable parts are
designed for use primarily by children. These dimensions apply to
either forward or side reaches. Accessible elements and operable parts
designed for adult use or children over age 12 can be located outside
these ranges but must be within the adult reach ranges required by 308.
|
Children's Reach Ranges
|
Forward or Side Reach
|
Ages 3 and 4
|
Ages 5 through 8
|
Ages 9 through 12
|
High (maximum)
|
36 in (915 mm)
|
40 in (1015 mm)
|
44 in (1120 mm)
|
Low (minimum)
|
20 in (510 mm)
|
18 in (455 mm)
|
16 in (405 mm)
|
308.2 Forward Reach.
308.2.1 Unobstructed. Where a forward reach
is unobstructed, the high forward reach shall be 48 inches (1220 mm)
maximum and the low forward reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum
above the finish floor or ground.
|
Figure 308.2.1 Unobstructed Forward Reach
|
308.2.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a high
forward reach is over an obstruction, the clear floor space shall
extend beneath the element for a distance not less than the required
reach depth over the obstruction. The high forward reach shall be 48
inches (1220 mm) maximum where the reach depth is 20 inches (510 mm)
maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 20 inches (510 mm), the high
forward reach shall be 44 inches (1120 mm) maximum and the reach depth
shall be 25 inches (635 mm) maximum.
|
Figure 308.2.2 Obstructed High Forward Reach
|
308.3 Side Reach.
308.3.1 Unobstructed. Where a clear
floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element and the
side reach is unobstructed, the high side reach shall be 48 inches
(1220 mm) maximum and the low side reach shall be 15 inches (380 mm)
minimum above the finish floor or ground.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. An obstruction shall be permitted between the clear floor or ground space and the element where the depth of the obstruction is 10 inches (255 mm) maximum.
2. Operable
parts of fuel dispensers shall be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm)
maximum measured from the surface of the vehicular way where fuel
dispensers are installed on existing curbs.
|
Figure 308.3.1 Unobstructed Side Reach
|
308.3.2 Obstructed High Reach. Where a
clear floor or ground space allows a parallel approach to an element
and the high side reach is over an obstruction, the height of the
obstruction shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum and the depth of the
obstruction shall be 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. The high side reach
shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum for a reach depth of 10 inches
(255 mm) maximum. Where the reach depth exceeds 10 inches (255 mm), the
high side reach shall be 46 inches (1170 mm) maximum for a reach depth
of 24 inches (610 mm) maximum.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. The top of washing machines and clothes dryers shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor.
2. Operable parts of fuel dispensers shall
be permitted to be 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum measured from the
surface of the vehicular way where fuel dispensers are installed on
existing curbs.
|
Figure 308.3.2 Obstructed High Side Reach
|
309 Operable Parts
309.1 General. Operable parts shall comply with 309.
309.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided.
309.3 Height. Operable parts shall be placed within one or more of the reach ranges specified in 308.
309.4 Operation. Operable parts shall be
operable with one hand and shall not require tight grasping, pinching,
or twisting of the wrist. The force required to activate operable parts
shall be 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.
EXCEPTION: Gas pump nozzles shall not be
required to provide operable parts that have an activating force of 5
pounds (22.2 N) maximum.
CHAPTER 4: ACCESSIBLE ROUTES
401.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 4
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
402.1 General. Accessible routes shall comply with 402.
402.2 Components. Accessible routes shall consist of one or more of the following components: walking surfaces with a running slope not steeper than 1:20, doorways, ramps, curb ramps excluding the flared sides, elevators, and platform lifts. All components of an accessible route shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter 4.
Advisory 402.2 Components. Walking surfaces
must have running slopes not steeper than 1:20, see 403.3. Other
components of accessible routes, such as ramps (405) and curb ramps
(406), are permitted to be more steeply sloped.
403.1 General. Walking surfaces that are a part of an accessible route shall comply with 403.
403.2 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surfaces shall comply with 302.
403.3 Slope. The running slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:20. The cross slope of walking surfaces shall not be steeper than 1:48.
403.4 Changes in Level. Changes in level shall comply with 303.
403.5 Clearances. Walking surfaces shall provide clearances complying with 403.5.
EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, clearances on common
use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area
equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of
the work being performed.
403.5.1 Clear Width. Except as provided in
403.5.2 and 403.5.3, the clear width of walking surfaces shall be 36
inches (915 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION: The clear width shall be
permitted to be reduced to 32 inches (815 mm) minimum for a length of
24 inches (610 mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are
separated by segments that are 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum and 36
inches (915 mm) wide minimum.
|
Figure 403.5.1 Clear Width of an Accessible Route
|
403.5.2 Clear Width at Turn. Where the accessible
route makes a 180 degree turn around an element which is less than 48
inches (1220 mm) wide, clear width shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum
approaching the turn, 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum at the turn and 42
inches (1065 mm) minimum leaving the turn.
EXCEPTION: Where the clear width at the
turn is 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum compliance with 403.5.2 shall not
be required.
|
Figure 403.5.2 Clear Width at Turn
|
403.5.3 Passing Spaces. An accessible
route with a clear width less than 60 inches (1525 mm) shall provide
passing spaces at intervals of 200 feet (61 m) maximum. Passing spaces
shall be either: a space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525
mm) minimum; or, an intersection of two walking surfaces providing a
T-shaped space complying with 304.3.2 where the base and arms of the
T-shaped space extend 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum beyond the
intersection.
403.6 Handrails. Where handrails are provided along walking surfaces with running slopes not steeper than 1:20 they shall comply with 505.
Advisory 403.6 Handrails. Handrails provided in elevator cabs and
platform lifts are not required to comply with the requirements for
handrails on walking surfaces.
404 Doors, Doorways, and Gates
404.1 General. Doors, doorways, and gates that are part of an accessible route shall comply with 404.
EXCEPTION: Doors, doorways, and gates
designed to be operated only by security personnel shall not be
required to comply with 404.2.7, 404.2.8, 404.2.9, 404.3.2 and 404.3.4
through 404.3.7.
Advisory 404.1 General Exception. Security
personnel must have sole control of doors that are eligible for the
Exception at 404.1. It would not be acceptable for security personnel
to operate the doors for people with disabilities while allowing others
to have independent access.
404.2 Manual Doors, Doorways, and Manual
Gates. Manual doors and doorways and manual gates intended for user
passage shall comply with 404.2.
404.2.1 Revolving Doors, Gates, and
Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall not
be part of an accessible route.
404.2.2 Double-Leaf Doors and Gates. At
least one of the active leaves of doorways with two leaves shall comply
with 404.2.3 and 404.2.4.
404.2.3 Clear Width. Door openings shall
provide a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. Clear openings of
doorways with swinging doors shall be measured between the face of the
door and the stop, with the door open 90 degrees. Openings more than 24
inches (610 mm) deep shall provide a clear opening of 36 inches (915
mm) minimum. There shall be no projections into the required clear
opening width lower than 34 inches (865 mm) above the finish floor or
ground. Projections into the clear opening width between 34 inches (865
mm) and 80 inches (2030 mm) above the finish floor or ground shall not
exceed 4 inches (100 mm).
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In alterations, a projection of 5/8 inch (16 mm) maximum into the required clear width shall be permitted for the latch side stop.
2. Door closers and door stops shall be permitted to be 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum above the finish floor or ground.
|
Figure 404.2.3 Clear Width of Doorways
|
404.2.4 Maneuvering
Clearances. Minimum maneuvering clearances at doors and gates shall
comply with 404.2.4. Maneuvering clearances shall extend the full width
of the doorway and the required latch side or hinge side clearance.
EXCEPTION: Entry doors to hospital patient
rooms shall not be required to provide the clearance beyond the latch
side of the door.
404.2.4.1 Swinging Doors and Gates. Swinging doors and gates shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 404.2.4.1.
Table 404.2.4.1 Maneuvering Clearances at Manual Swinging Doors and Gates (text version)
Type of Use
|
Minimum Maneuvering Clearance
|
Approach Direction
|
Door or Gate Side
|
Perpendicular to Doorway
|
Parallel to Doorway (beyond latch side unless noted)
|
From front
|
Pull
|
60 inches (1525 mm)
|
18 inches (455 mm)
|
From front
|
Push
|
48 inches (1220 mm)
|
0 inches (0 mm)1
|
From hinge side
|
Pull
|
60 inches (1525 mm)
|
36 inches (915 mm)
|
From hinge side
|
Pull
|
54 inches (1370 mm)
|
42 inches (1065 mm)
|
From hinge side
|
Push
|
42 inches (1065 mm)2
|
22 inches (560 mm)3
|
From latch side
|
Pull
|
48 inches (1220 mm)4
|
24 inches (610 mm)
|
From latch side
|
Push
|
42 inches (1065 mm)4
|
24 inches (610 mm)
|
|
|
Figure 404.2.4.1 Maneuvering Clearances at Manual Swinging Doors and Gates
|
404.2.4.2 Doorways without Doors or Gates,
Sliding Doors, and Folding Doors. Doorways less than 36 inches (915 mm)
wide without doors or gates, sliding doors, or folding doors shall have maneuvering clearances complying with Table 404.2.4.2.
Table 404.2.4.2 Maneuvering Clearances at Doorways without Doors or Gates, Manual Sliding Doors, and Manual Folding Doors
|
Minimum Maneuvering Clearance
|
Approach Direction
|
Perpendicular to Doorway
|
Parallel to Doorway (beyond stop/latch side unless noted)
|
From Front
|
48 inches (1220 mm)
|
0 inches (0 mm)
|
From side1
|
42 inches (1065 mm)
|
0 inches (0 mm)
|
From pocket/hinge side
|
42 inches (1065 mm)
|
22 inches (560 mm)2
|
From stop/latch side
|
42 inches (1065 mm)
|
24 inches (610 mm)
|
1. Doorway with no door only.
2. Beyond pocket/hinge side.
|
|
Figure 404.2.4.2 Maneuvering Clearances at Doorways without Doors, Sliding Doors, Gates, and Folding Doors
|
404.2.4.3 Recessed Doors and Gates. Maneuvering
clearances for forward approach shall be provided when any obstruction
within 18 inches (455 mm) of the latch side of a doorway projects more
than 8 inches (205 mm) beyond the face of the door, measured
perpendicular to the face of the door or gate.
Advisory 404.2.4.3 Recessed Doors and
Gates. A door can be recessed due to wall thickness or because of the
placement of casework and other fixed elements adjacent to the doorway.
This provision must be applied wherever doors are recessed.
|
Figure 404.2.4.3 Maneuvering Clearances at Recessed Doors and Gates
|
404.2.4.4 Floor or Ground Surface. Floor or ground surface within required maneuvering clearances shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.
2. Changes in level at thresholds complying with 404.2.5 shall be permitted.
404.2.5 Thresholds. Thresholds, if provided at doorways, shall be
1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum. Raised thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 302 and 303.
EXCEPTION: Existing or altered thresholds
3/4 inch (19 mm) high maximum that have a beveled edge on each side
with a slope not steeper than 1:2 shall not be required to comply with
404.2.5.
404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates in
Series. The distance between two hinged or pivoted doors in series and
gates in series shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the width of
doors or gates swinging into the space.
|
Figure 404.2.6 Doors in Series and Gates in Series
|
404.2.7 Door and Gate Hardware. Handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operable
parts on doors and gates shall comply with 309.4. Operable parts of
such hardware shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220
mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground. Where sliding doors are
in the fully open position, operating hardware shall be exposed and
usable from both sides.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Existing locks shall be
permitted in any location at existing glazed doors without stiles,
existing overhead rolling doors or grilles, and similar existing doors
or grilles that are designed with locks that are activated only at the
top or bottom rail.
2. Access gates in barrier walls and fences protecting pools, spas,
and hot tubs shall be permitted to have operable parts of the release
of latch on self-latching devices at 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above
the finish floor or ground provided the self-latching devices are not
also self-locking devices and operated by means of a key, electronic
opener, or integral combination lock.
Advisory 404.2.7 Door and Gate Hardware. Door hardware that can be operated with a closed fist or a loose grip
accommodates the greatest range of users. Hardware that requires
simultaneous hand and finger movements require greater dexterity and
coordination, and is not recommended.
404.2.8 Closing Speed. Door and gate closing speed shall comply with 404.2.8.
404.2.8.1 Door Closers and Gate Closers. Door closers and gate closers shall be adjusted so that from an open
position of 90 degrees, the time required to move the door to a
position of 12 degrees from the latch is 5 seconds minimum.
404.2.8.2 Spring Hinges. Door and gate
spring hinges shall be adjusted so that from the open position of 70
degrees, the door or gate shall move to the closed position in 1.5
seconds minimum.
404.2.9 Door and Gate Opening Force. Fire
doors shall have a minimum opening force allowable by the appropriate
administrative authority. The force for pushing or pulling open a door
or gate other than fire doors shall be as follows:
1. Interior hinged doors and gates: 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.
2. Sliding or folding doors: 5 pounds (22.2 N) maximum.
These forces do not apply to the force
required to retract latch bolts or disengage other devices that hold
the door or gate in a closed position.
Advisory 404.2.9 Door and Gate Opening
Force. The maximum force pertains to the continuous application of
force necessary to fully open a door, not the initial force needed to
overcome the inertia of the door. It does not apply to the force
required to retract bolts or to disengage other devices used to keep
the door in a closed position.
404.2.10 Door and Gate Surfaces. Swinging
door and gate surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or
ground measured vertically shall have a smooth surface on the push side
extending the full width of the door or gate. Parts creating horizontal
or vertical joints in these surfaces shall be within 1/16 inch (1.6 mm)
of the same plane as the other. Cavities created by added kick plates
shall be capped.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Sliding doors shall not be required to comply with 404.2.10.
2. Tempered glass doors without stiles and
having a bottom rail or shoe with the top leading edge tapered at 60
degrees minimum from the horizontal shall not be required to meet the
10 inch (255 mm) bottom smooth surface height requirement.
3. Doors and gates that do not extend to
within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall not be
required to comply with 404.2.10.
4. Existing doors and gates without smooth
surfaces within 10 inches (255 mm) of the finish floor or ground shall
not be required to provide smooth surfaces complying with 404.2.10
provided that if added kick plates are installed, cavities created by
such kick plates are capped
404.2.11 Vision Lights. Doors, gates, and
side lights adjacent to doors or gates, containing one or more glazing
panels that permit viewing through the panels shall have the bottom of
at least one glazed panel located 43 inches (1090 mm) maximum above the
finish floor.
EXCEPTION: Vision lights with the lowest
part more than 66 inches (1675 mm) from the finish floor or ground
shall not be required to comply with 404.2.11.
404.3 Automatic and Power-Assisted Doors
and Gates. Automatic doors and automatic gates shall comply with 404.3.
Full-powered automatic doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.10 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Low-energy and power-assisted doors shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).
404.3.1 Clear Width. Doorways shall provide
a clear opening of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum in power-on and power-off
mode. The minimum clear width for automatic door systems in a doorway
shall be based on the clear opening provided by all leaves in the open
position.
404.3.2 Maneuvering Clearance. Clearances
at power-assisted doors and gates shall comply with 404.2.4. Clearances
at automatic doors and gates without standby power and serving an
accessible means of egress shall comply with 404.2.4.
EXCEPTION: Where automatic doors and gates
remain open in the power-off condition, compliance with 404.2.4 shall
not be required.
404.3.3 Thresholds. Thresholds and changes in level at doorways shall comply with 404.2.5.
404.3.4 Doors in Series and Gates in Series. Doors in series and gates in series shall comply with 404.2.6.
404.3.5 Controls. Manually operated
controls shall comply with 309. The clear floor space adjacent to the
control shall be located beyond the arc of the door swing.
404.3.6 Break Out Opening. Where doors and
gates without standby power are a part of a means of egress, the clear
break out opening at swinging or sliding doors and gates shall be 32
inches (815 mm) minimum when operated in emergency mode.
EXCEPTION: Where manual swinging doors and
gates comply with 404.2 and serve the same means of egress compliance
with 404.3.6 shall not be required.
404.3.7 Revolving Doors, Revolving Gates,
and Turnstiles. Revolving doors, revolving gates, and turnstiles shall
not be part of an accessible route.
405 Ramps
405.1 General. Ramps on accessible routes shall comply with 405.
EXCEPTION: In assembly
areas, aisle ramps adjacent to seating and not serving elements
required to be on an accessible route shall not be required to comply
with 405.
405.2 Slope. Ramp runs shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:12.
EXCEPTION: In existing sites, buildings,
and facilities, ramps shall be permitted to have running slopes steeper
than 1:12 complying with Table 405.2 where such slopes are necessary
due to space limitations.
Table 405.2 Maximum Ramp Slope and Rise for Existing
Sites, Buildings, and Facilities
Slope1
|
Maximum Rise
|
Steeper than 1:10 but not steeper than 1:8
|
3 inches (75 mm)
|
Steeper than 1:12 but not steeper than 1:10
|
6 inches (150 mm)
|
1. A slope steeper than 1:8 is prohibited.
|
Advisory 405.2 Slope. To accommodate the
widest range of users, provide ramps with the least possible running
slope and, wherever possible, accompany ramps with stairs for use by
those individuals for whom distance presents a greater barrier than
steps, e.g., people with heart disease or limited stamina.
405.3 Cross Slope. Cross slope of ramp runs shall not be steeper than 1:48.
Advisory 405.3 Cross Slope. Cross slope is
the slope of the surface perpendicular to the direction of travel.
Cross slope is measured the same way as slope is measured (i.e., the
rise over the run).
405.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Floor or ground surfaces of ramp runs shall comply with 302. Changes in level other than the running slope and cross slope are not permitted on ramp runs.
405.5 Clear Width. The clear width of a ramp run and, where handrails are provided, the clear width between handrails shall be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, the required clear width of ramps that are a part of common
use circulation paths shall be permitted to be decreased by work area
equipment provided that the decrease is essential to the function of
the work being performed.
405.6 Rise. The rise for any ramp run shall be 30 inches (760 mm) maximum.
405.7 Landings. Ramps shall have landings at the top and the bottom of each ramp run. Landings shall comply with 405.7.
Advisory 405.7 Landings. Ramps that do not
have level landings at changes in direction can create a compound slope
that will not meet the requirements of this document. Circular or
curved ramps continually change direction. Curvilinear ramps with small
radii also can create compound cross slopes and cannot, by their
nature, meet the requirements for accessible routes. A level landing is
needed at the accessible door to permit maneuvering and simultaneously
door operation.
|
Figure 405.7 Ramp Landings
|
405.7.1 Slope. Landings shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.
405.7.2 Width. The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as the widest ramp run leading to the landing.
405.7.3 Length. The landing clear length shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.
405.7.4 Change in Direction. Ramps
that change direction between runs at landings shall have a clear
landing 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.
405.7.5 Doorways. Where doorways are located adjacent to a ramp landing, maneuvering clearances required by 404.2.4 and 404.3.2 shall be permitted to overlap the required landing area.
405.8 Handrails. Ramp runs with a rise greater than 6 inches (150 mm) shall have handrails complying with 505.
EXCEPTION: Within employee work areas, handrails shall not be required where ramps that are part of common
use circulation paths are designed to permit the installation of
handrails complying with 505. Ramps not subject to the exception to
405.5 shall be designed to maintain a 36 inch (915 mm) minimum clear
width when handrails are installed.
405.9 Edge
Protection. Edge protection complying with 405.9.1 or 405.9.2 shall be
provided on each side of ramp runs and at each side of ramp landings.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Edge protection shall not be required on ramps that are not required to have handrails and have sides complying with 406.3.
2. Edge protection shall not be required on the sides of ramp landings serving an adjoining ramp run or stairway.
3. Edge protection shall not be required on the sides of ramp landings having a vertical drop-off of
1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum within 10 inches (255 mm) horizontally of the minimum landing area specified in 405.7.
405.9.1 Extended Floor
or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of the ramp run or
landing shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the inside face
of a handrail complying with 505.
Advisory 405.9.1 Extended Floor or Ground
Surface. The extended surface prevents wheelchair casters and crutch
tips from slipping off the ramp surface.
|
Figure 405.9.1 Extended Floor or Ground Surface Edge Protection
|
405.9.2 Curb or Barrier. A curb or barrier
shall be provided that prevents the passage of a 4 inch (100 mm)
diameter sphere, where any portion of the sphere is within 4 inches
(100 mm) of the finish floor or ground surface.
|
Figure 405.9.2 Curb or Barrier Edge Protection
|
405.10 Wet Conditions. Landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of water.
406 Curb Ramps
406.1 General. Curb ramps on accessible routes shall comply with 406, 405.2 through 405.5, and 405.10.
406.2 Counter Slope. Counter slopes of
adjoining gutters and road surfaces immediately adjacent to the curb
ramp shall not be steeper than 1:20. The adjacent surfaces at
transitions at curb ramps to walks, gutters, and streets shall be at
the same level.
|
Figure 406.2 Counter Slope of Surfaces Adjacent to Curb Ramps
|
406.3 Sides of Curb Ramps. Where provided, curb ramp flares shall not be steeper than 1:10.
|
Figure 406.3 Sides of Curb Ramps
|
406.4 Landings. Landings shall be provided
at the tops of curb ramps. The landing clear length shall be 36 inches
(915 mm) minimum. The landing clear width shall be at least as wide as
the curb ramp, excluding flared sides, leading to the landing.
EXCEPTION: In alterations,
where there is no landing at the top of curb ramps, curb ramp flares
shall be provided and shall not be steeper than 1:12.
|
Figure 406.4 Landings at the Top of Curb Ramps
|
406.5 Location. Curb ramps and the flared sides of curb ramps shall be located so that they do not project into vehicular traffic lanes, parking
spaces, or parking access aisles. Curb ramps at marked crossings shall
be wholly contained within the markings, excluding any flared sides.
406.6 Diagonal Curb Ramps. Diagonal or
corner type curb ramps with returned curbs or other well-defined edges
shall have the edges parallel to the direction of pedestrian flow. The
bottom of diagonal curb ramps shall have a clear space 48 inches (1220
mm) minimum outside active traffic lanes of the roadway. Diagonal curb
ramps provided at marked crossings shall provide the 48 inches (1220
mm) minimum clear space within the markings. Diagonal curb ramps with
flared sides shall have a segment of curb 24 inches (610 mm) long
minimum located on each side of the curb ramp and within the marked
crossing.
|
Figure 406.6 Diagonal or Corner Type Curb Ramps
|
406.7 Islands. Raised islands in crossings shall be cut through level with the street or have curb
ramps at both sides. Each curb ramp shall have a level area 48 inches
(1220 mm) long minimum by 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum at the top of
the curb ramp in the part of the island intersected by the crossings.
Each 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 36 inch (915 mm) minimum area shall
be oriented so that the 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum length is in the
direction of the running slope of the curb ramp it serves. The 48 inch (1220 mm) minimum by 36 inch (915 mm) minimum areas and the accessible route shall be permitted to overlap.
|
Figure 406.7 Islands in Crossings
|
407 Elevators
407.1 General. Elevators shall comply with 407 and with ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as
classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic.
Advisory 407.1 General. The ADA and other
Federal civil rights laws require that accessible features be
maintained in working order so that they are accessible to and usable
by those people they are intended to benefit. Building owners should
note that the ASME Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators requires
routine maintenance and inspections. Isolated or temporary
interruptions in service due to maintenance or repairs may be
unavoidable; however, failure to take prompt action to effect repairs
could constitute a violation of Federal laws and these requirements.
407.2 Elevator Landing Requirements. Elevator landings shall comply with 407.2.
407.2.1 Call Controls. Where elevator call buttons or keypads are provided, they shall comply with 407.2.1 and 309.4. Call buttons shall be raised or flush.
EXCEPTION: Existing elevators shall be permitted to have recessed call buttons.
407.2.1.1 Height. Call buttons and keypads shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308, measured to the centerline of the highest operable part.
EXCEPTION: Existing call buttons and
existing keypads shall be permitted to be located at 54 inches (1370
mm) maximum above the finish floor, measured to the centerline of the
highest operable part.
407.2.1.2 Size. Call buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in the smallest dimension.
EXCEPTION: Existing elevator call buttons shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.2.
407.2.1.3 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided at call controls.
Advisory 407.2.1.3 Clear Floor or Ground
Space. The clear floor or ground space required at elevator call
buttons must remain free of obstructions including ashtrays, plants,
and other decorative elements that prevent wheelchair users and others
from reaching the call buttons. The height of the clear floor or ground
space is considered to be a volume from the floor to 80 inches (2030
mm) above the floor. Recessed ashtrays should not be placed near
elevator call buttons so that persons who are blind or visually
impaired do not inadvertently contact them or their contents as they
reach for the call buttons.
407.2.1.4 Location. The call button that
designates the up direction shall be located above the call button that
designates the down direction.
EXCEPTION: Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.4.
Advisory 407.2.1.4 Location Exception. A
destination-oriented elevator system provides lobby controls enabling
passengers to select floor stops, lobby indicators designating which
elevator to use, and a car indicator designating the floors at which
the car will stop. Responding cars are programmed for maximum
efficiency by reducing the number of stops any passenger experiences.
407.2.1.5 Signals. Call buttons shall have
visible signals to indicate when each call is registered and when each
call is answered.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Destination-oriented
elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.5 provided that
visible and audible signals complying with 407.2.2 indicating which
elevator car to enter are provided.
2. Existing elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.1.5.
407.2.1.6 Keypads. Where keypads are
provided, keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad arrangement
and shall comply with 407.4.7.2.
407.2.2 Hall Signals. Hall signals, including in-car signals, shall comply with 407.2.2.
407.2.2.1 Visible and Audible Signals. A
visible and audible signal shall be provided at each hoistway entrance
to indicate which car is answering a call and the car's direction of
travel. Where in-car signals are provided, they shall be visible from
the floor area adjacent to the hall call buttons.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Visible and audible signals shall not be required at each destination-oriented elevator
where a visible and audible signal complying with 407.2.2 is provided
indicating the elevator car designation information.
2. In existing elevators, a signal indicating the direction of car travel shall not be required.
407.2.2.2 Visible Signals. Visible signal
fixtures shall be centered at 72 inches (1830 mm) minimum above the
finish floor or ground. The visible signal elements shall be 2 1/2
inches (64 mm) minimum measured along the vertical centerline of the
element. Signals shall be visible from the floor area adjacent to the
hall call button.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Destination-oriented
elevators shall be permitted to have signals visible from the floor
area adjacent to the hoistway entrance.
2. Existing elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.2.2.
|
Figure 407.2.2.2 Visible Hall Signals
|
407.2.2.3 Audible Signals. Audible signals
shall sound once for the up direction and twice for the down direction,
or shall have verbal annunciators that indicate the direction of
elevator car travel. Audible signals shall have a frequency of 1500 Hz
maximum. Verbal annunciators shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum
and 3000 Hz maximum. The audible signal and verbal annunciator shall be
10 dB minimum above ambient, but shall not exceed 80 dB, measured at
the hall call button.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Destination-oriented
elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.2.2.3 provided that
the audible tone and verbal announcement is the same as those given at
the call button or call button keypad.
2. Existing elevators shall not be required to comply with the requirements for frequency and dB range of audible signals.
407.2.2.4 Differentiation. Each destination-oriented elevator in a bank of elevators shall have audible and visible means for differentiation.
407.2.3 Hoistway Signs. Signs at elevator hoistways shall comply with 407.2.3.
407.2.3.1 Floor Designation. Floor
designations complying with 703.2 and 703.4.1 shall be provided on both
jambs of elevator hoistway entrances. Floor designations shall be
provided in both tactile characters and braille. Tactile characters
shall be 2 inches (51 mm) high minimum. A tactile star shall be
provided on both jambs at the main entry level.
|
Figure 407.2.3.1 Floor Designations on Jambs of Elevator Hoistway Entrances
|
407.2.3.2 Car Designations. Destination-oriented elevators shall provide tactile car identification
complying with 703.2 on both jambs of the hoistway immediately below
the floor designation. Car designations shall be provided in both
tactile characters and braille. Tactile characters shall be 2 inches
(51 mm) high minimum.
|
Figure 407.2.3.2 Car Designations on Jambs of Destination-Oriented Elevator Hoistway Entrances
|
407.3 Elevator Door Requirements. Hoistway and car doors shall comply with 407.3.
407.3.1 Type. Elevator doors shall be the horizontal sliding type. Car gates shall be prohibited.
407.3.2 Operation. Elevator hoistway and car doors shall open and close automatically.
EXCEPTION: Existing manually operated
hoistway swing doors shall be permitted provided that they comply with
404.2.3 and 404.2.9. Car door closing shall not be initiated until the
hoistway door is closed.
407.3.3 Reopening Device. Elevator doors shall be provided with a
reopening device complying with 407.3.3 that shall stop and reopen a
car door and hoistway door automatically if the door becomes obstructed
by an object or person.
EXCEPTION: Existing elevators with manually operated doors shall not be required to comply with 407.3.3.
407.3.3.1 Height. The device shall be
activated by sensing an obstruction passing through the opening at 5
inches (125 mm) nominal and 29 inches (735 mm) nominal above the finish
floor.
407.3.3.2 Contact. The device shall not
require physical contact to be activated, although contact is permitted
to occur before the door reverses.
407.3.3.3 Duration. Door reopening devices shall remain effective for 20 seconds minimum.
407.3.4 Door and Signal Timing. The minimum
acceptable time from notification that a car is answering a call or
notification of the car assigned at the means for the entry of
destination information until the doors of that car start to close
shall be calculated from the following equation:
T = D/(1.5 ft/s) or T = D/(455 mm/s) = 5
seconds minimum where T equals the total time in seconds and D equals
the distance (in feet or millimeters) from the point in the lobby or
corridor 60 inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest call
button controlling that car to the centerline of its hoistway door.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. For cars with in-car
lanterns, T shall be permitted to begin when the signal is visible from
the point 60 inches (1525 mm) directly in front of the farthest hall
call button and the audible signal is sounded.
2. Destination-oriented elevators shall not be required to comply with 407.3.4.
407.3.5 Door Delay. Elevator doors shall remain fully open in response to a car call for 3 seconds minimum.
407.3.6 Width. The width of elevator doors shall comply with Table 407.4.1.
EXCEPTION: In existing elevators, a power-operated car door complying with 404.2.3 shall be permitted.
407.4 Elevator Car Requirements. Elevator cars shall comply with 407.4.
407.4.1 Car Dimensions. Inside dimensions of elevator cars and clear width of elevator doors shall comply with Table 407.4.1.
EXCEPTION: Existing
elevator car configurations that provide a clear floor area of 16
square feet (1.5 m2) minimum and also provide an inside clear depth 54
inches (1370 mm) minimum and a clear width 36 inches (915 mm) minimum
shall be permitted.
Table 407.4.1 Elevator Car Dimensions (text version)
|
Minimum Dimensions
|
Door Location
|
Door Clear Width
|
Inside Car, Side to Side
|
Inside Car, Back Wall to Front Return
|
Inside Car, Back Wall to Inside Face of Door
|
Centered
|
42 inches
(1065 mm)
|
80 inches
(2030 mm)
|
51 inches
(1295 mm)
|
54 inches
(1370 mm)
|
Side
(off-centered)
|
36 inches
(915 mm)1
|
68 inches
(1725 mm)
|
51 inches
(1295 mm)
|
54 inches
(1370 mm)
|
Any
|
36 inches
(915 mm)1
|
54 inches
(1370 mm)
|
80 inches
(2030 mm)
|
80 inches
(2030 mm)
|
Any
|
36 inches
(915 mm)1
|
60 inches
(1525 mm)2
|
60 inches
(1525 mm)2
|
60 inches
(1525 mm)2
|
2. Other car configurations that provide a turning
space complying with 304 with the door closed shall be permitted.
|
|
Figure 407.4.1
Elevator Car Dimensions
|
407.4.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303.
407.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance. The
clearance between the car platform sill and the edge of any hoistway
landing shall be 1 1/4 inch (32 mm) maximum.
407.4.4 Leveling. Each car shall be
equipped with a self-leveling feature that will automatically bring and
maintain the car at floor landings within a tolerance of 1/2 inch (13
mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions.
407.4.5 Illumination. The level of illumination at the car controls,
platform, car threshold and car landing sill shall be 5 foot candles
(54 lux) minimum.
407.4.6 Elevator Car Controls. Where provided, elevator car controls shall comply with 407.4.6 and 309.4.
EXCEPTION: In existing
elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with 407.4.6 is
provided, existing car operating panels shall not be required to comply
with 407.4.6.
407.4.6.1 Location. Controls shall be located within one of the reach ranges specified in 308.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where the elevator panel
serves more than 16 openings and a parallel approach is provided,
buttons with floor designations shall be permitted to be 54 inches
(1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor.
2. In existing elevators, car control
buttons with floor designations shall be permitted to be located 54
inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor where a parallel
approach is provided.
407.4.6.2 Buttons. Car control buttons with floor designations shall comply with 407.4.6.2 and shall be raised or flush.
EXCEPTION: In existing elevators, buttons shall be permitted to be recessed.
407.4.6.2.1 Size. Buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in their smallest dimension.
407.4.6.2.2 Arrangement. Buttons shall be
arranged with numbers in ascending order. When two or more columns of
buttons are provided they shall read from left to right.
407.4.6.3 Keypads. Car control keypads shall be in a standard telephone keypad arrangement and shall comply with 407.4.7.2.
407.4.6.4 Emergency Controls. Emergency controls shall comply with 407.4.6.4.
407.4.6.4.1 Height. Emergency control buttons shall have their centerlines 35 inches (890 mm) minimum above the finish floor.
407.4.6.4.2 Location. Emergency controls, including the emergency alarm, shall be grouped at the bottom of the panel.
407.4.7 Designations and Indicators of Car Controls. Designations and indicators of car controls shall comply with 407.4.7.
EXCEPTION: In existing
elevators, where a new car operating panel complying with 407.4.7 is
provided, existing car operating panels shall not be required to comply
with 407.4.7.
407.4.7.1 Buttons. Car control buttons shall comply with 407.4.7.1.
407.4.7.1.1 Type. Control buttons shall be identified by tactile characters complying with 703.2.
407.4.7.1.2 Location. Raised character and
braille designations shall be placed immediately to the left of the
control button to which the designations apply.
EXCEPTION: Where space on an existing car
operating panel precludes tactile markings to the left of the controls,
markings shall be placed as near to the control as possible.
407.4.7.1.3 Symbols. The control button for
the emergency stop, alarm, door open, door close, main entry floor, and
phone, shall be identified with tactile symbols as shown in Table
407.4.7.1.3.
Table 407.4.7.1.3 Elevator Control Button Identification
Control Button
|
Tactile Symbol
|
Braille Message
|
Emergency Stop
|
|
"ST"OP Three cells
|
Alarm
|
|
AL"AR"M Four cells
|
Door Open
|
|
OP"EN" Three cells
|
Door Close
|
|
CLOSE Five cells
|
Main Entry Floor
|
|
MA"IN" Three cells
|
Phone
|
|
PH"ONE" Four cells
|
407.4.7.1.4 Visible Indicators. Buttons with
floor designations shall be provided with visible indicators to show
that a call has been registered. The visible indication shall
extinguish when the car arrives at the designated floor.
407.4.7.2 Keypads. Keypads shall be
identified by characters complying with 703.5 and shall be centered on
the corresponding keypad button. The number five key shall have a
single raised dot. The dot shall be 0.118 inch (3 mm) to 0.120 inch
(3.05 mm) base diameter and in other aspects comply with Table 703.3.1.
407.4.8 Car Position Indicators. Audible and visible car position indicators shall be provided in elevator cars.
407.4.8.1 Visible Indicators. Visible indicators shall comply with 407.4.8.1.
407.4.8.1.1 Size. Characters shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) high minimum.
407.4.8.1.2 Location. Indicators shall be located above the car control panel or above the door.
407.4.8.1.3 Floor Arrival. As the car
passes a floor and when a car stops at a floor served by the elevator,
the corresponding character shall illuminate.
EXCEPTION: Destination-oriented elevators
shall not be required to comply with 407.4.8.1.3 provided that the
visible indicators extinguish when the call has been answered.
407.4.8.1.4 Destination Indicator. In
destination-oriented elevators, a display shall be provided in the car
with visible indicators to show car destinations.
407.4.8.2 Audible Indicators. Audible indicators shall comply with 407.4.8.2.
407.4.8.2.1 Signal Type. The signal shall
be an automatic verbal annunciator which announces the floor at which
the car is about to stop.
EXCEPTION: For elevators other than
destination-oriented elevators that have a rated speed of 200 feet per
minute (1 m/s) or less, a non-verbal audible signal with a frequency of
1500 Hz maximum which sounds as the car passes or is about to stop at a
floor served by the elevator shall be permitted.
407.4.8.2.2 Signal Level. The verbal
annunciator shall be 10 dB minimum above ambient, but shall not exceed
80 dB, measured at the annunciator.
407.4.8.2.3 Frequency. The verbal annunciator shall have a frequency of 300 Hz minimum to 3000 Hz maximum.
407.4.9 Emergency Communication. Emergency
two-way communication systems shall comply with 308. Tactile symbols
and characters shall be provided adjacent to the device and shall
comply with 703.2.
408 Limited-Use/Limited-Application Elevators
408.1 General. Limited-use/limited-application elevators shall comply with 408 and with ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as
classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic.
408.2 Elevator Landings. Landings serving limited-use/limited-application elevators shall comply with 408.2.
408.2.1 Call Buttons. Elevator call buttons and keypads shall comply with 407.2.1.
408.2.2 Hall Signals. Hall signals shall comply with 407.2.2.
408.2.3 Hoistway Signs. Signs at elevator hoistways shall comply with 407.2.3.1.
408.3 Elevator Doors. Elevator hoistway doors shall comply with 408.3.
408.3.1 Sliding Doors. Sliding hoistway and car doors shall comply with 407.3.1 through 407.3.3 and 408.4.1.
408.3.2 Swinging Doors. Swinging hoistway
doors shall open and close automatically and shall comply with 404,
407.3.2 and 408.3.2.
408.3.2.1 Power Operation. Swinging doors shall be power-operated and shall comply with ANSI/BHMA A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).
408.3.2.2 Duration. Power-operated swinging doors shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum when activated.
408.4 Elevator Cars. Elevator cars shall comply with 408.4.
408.4.1 Car Dimensions and Doors. Elevator
cars shall provide a clear width 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum and a
clear depth 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum. Car doors shall be positioned
at the narrow ends of cars and shall provide 32 inches (815 mm) minimum
clear width.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Cars that provide a clear
width 51 inches (1295 mm) minimum shall be permitted to provide a clear
depth 51 inches (1295 mm) minimum provided that car doors provide a
clear opening 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum.
2. Existing
elevator cars shall be permitted to provide a clear width 36 inches
(915 mm) minimum, clear depth 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum, and a net
clear platform area 15 square feet (1.4 m2) minimum.
|
Figure 408.4.1 Limited-Use/Limited-Application (LULA) Elevator Car Dimensions
|
408.4.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303.
408.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance. The platform to hoistway clearance shall comply with 407.4.3.
408.4.4 Leveling. Elevator car leveling shall comply with 407.4.4.
408.4.5 Illumination. Elevator car illumination shall comply with 407.4.5.
408.4.6 Car Controls. Elevator car controls shall comply with 407.4.6. Control panels shall be centered on a side wall.
408.4.7 Designations and Indicators of Car Controls. Designations and indicators of car controls shall comply with 407.4.7.
408.4.8 Emergency Communications. Car emergency signaling devices complying with 407.4.9 shall be provided.
409 Private Residence Elevators
409.1 General. Private residence elevators that are provided within a residential
dwelling unit required to provide mobility features complying with
809.2 through 809.4 shall comply with 409 and with ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). They shall be passenger elevators as
classified by ASME A17.1. Elevator operation shall be automatic.
409.2 Call Buttons. Call buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in the smallest dimension and shall comply with 309.
409.3 Elevator Doors. Hoistway doors, car doors, and car gates shall comply with 409.3 and 404.
EXCEPTION: Doors shall not be required to
comply with the maneuvering clearance requirements in 404.2.4.1 for
approaches to the push side of swinging doors.
409.3.1 Power Operation. Elevator car and hoistway doors and gates shall be power operated and shall comply with ANSI/BHMA
A156.19 (1997 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see
"Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1). Power operated doors and gates
shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum when activated.
EXCEPTION: In elevator cars with more than
one opening, hoistway doors and gates shall be permitted to be of the
manual-open, self-close type.
409.3.2 Location. Elevator car doors or
gates shall be positioned at the narrow end of the clear floor spaces
required by 409.4.1.
409.4 Elevator Cars. Private residence elevator cars shall comply with 409.4.
409.4.1 Inside Dimensions of Elevator Cars. Elevator cars shall provide a clear floor space of 36 inches (915 mm)
minimum by 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum and shall comply with 305.
409.4.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in elevator cars shall comply with 302 and 303.
409.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance. The clearance between the car platform and the edge of any landing sill shall be 1
1/2 inch (38 mm) maximum.
409.4.4 Leveling. Each car shall automatically stop at a floor landing within a tolerance of
1/2 inch (13 mm) under rated loading to zero loading conditions.
409.4.5 Illumination Levels. Elevator car illumination shall comply with 407.4.5.
409.4.6 Car Controls. Elevator car control buttons shall comply with 409.4.6, 309.3, 309.4, and shall be raised or flush.
409.4.6.1 Size. Control buttons shall be 3/4 inch (19 mm) minimum in their smallest dimension.
409.4.6.2 Location. Control panels shall be on a side wall, 12 inches (305 mm) minimum from any adjacent wall.
|
Figure 409.4.6.2 Location of Private Residence Elevator Control Panel
|
409.4.7 Emergency Communications. Emergency two-way communication systems shall comply with 409.4.7.
409.4.7.1 Type. A telephone and emergency signal device shall be provided in the car.
409.4.7.2 Operable Parts. The telephone and emergency signaling device shall comply with 309.3 and 309.4.
409.4.7.3 Compartment. If the telephone or
device is in a closed compartment, the compartment door hardware shall
comply with 309.
409.4.7.4 Cord. The telephone cord shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long minimum.
410 Platform Lifts
410.1 General. Platform lifts shall comply with ASME A18.1 (1999 edition or 2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). Platform lifts shall not be
attendant-operated and shall provide unassisted entry and exit from the
lift.
Advisory 410.1 General. Inclined stairway
chairlifts and inclined and vertical platform lifts are available for
short-distance vertical transportation. Because an accessible route
requires an 80 inch (2030 mm) vertical clearance, care should be taken
in selecting lifts as they may not be equally suitable for use by
people using wheelchairs and people standing. If a lift does not
provide 80 inch (2030 mm) vertical clearance, it cannot be considered
part of an accessible route in new construction.
The ADA and other Federal civil rights laws
require that accessible features be maintained in working order so that
they are accessible to and usable by those people they are intended to
benefit. Building owners are reminded that the ASME A18 Safety Standard
for Platform Lifts and Stairway Chairlifts requires routine maintenance
and inspections. Isolated or temporary interruptions in service due to
maintenance or repairs may be unavoidable; however, failure to take
prompt action to effect repairs could constitute a violation of Federal
laws and these requirements.
410.2 Floor Surfaces. Floor surfaces in platform lifts shall comply with 302 and 303.
410.3 Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space in platform lifts shall comply with 305.
410.4 Platform to Runway Clearance. The
clearance between the platform sill and the edge of any runway landing
shall be 1 inch (32 mm) maximum.
410.5 Operable Parts. Controls for platform lifts shall comply with 309.
410.6 Doors and Gates. Platform lifts shall
have low-energy power-operated doors or gates complying with 404.3.
Doors shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum. End doors and gates
shall provide a clear width 32 inches (815 mm) minimum. Side doors and
gates shall provide a clear width 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION: Platform lifts serving two
landings maximum and having doors or gates on opposite sides shall be
permitted to have self-closing manual doors or gates.
|
Figure 410.6 Platform Lift Doors and Gates
|
CHAPTER 5: GENERAL SITE AND BUILDING ELEMENTS
501 General
501.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 5
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
502 Parking Spaces
502.1 General. Car and van
parking spaces shall comply with 502. Where parking spaces are marked
with lines, width measurements of parking spaces and access aisles
shall be made from the centerline of the markings.
EXCEPTION: Where parking spaces or access
aisles are not adjacent to another parking space or access aisle,
measurements shall be permitted to include the full width of the line
defining the parking space or access aisle.
502.2 Vehicle Spaces. Car parking spaces
shall be 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum and van parking spaces shall
be 132 inches (3350 mm) wide minimum, shall be marked to define the
width, and shall have an adjacent access aisle complying with 502.3.
EXCEPTION: Van parking spaces shall be
permitted to be 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum where the access aisle
is 96 inches (2440 mm) wide minimum.
|
Figure 502.2 Vehicle Parking Spaces
|
502.3 Access Aisle. Access aisles serving parking spaces shall comply with 502.3. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route. Two parking spaces shall be permitted to share a common access aisle.
Advisory 502.3 Access Aisle. Accessible
routes must connect parking spaces to accessible entrances. In parking
facilities where the accessible route must cross vehicular traffic
lanes, marked crossings enhance pedestrian safety, particularly for
people using wheelchairs and other mobility aids. Where possible, it is
preferable that the accessible route not pass behind parked vehicles.
|
Figure 502.3 Parking Space Access Aisle
|
502.3.1 Width. Access aisles serving car and van parking spaces shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.
502.3.2 Length. Access aisles shall extend the full length of the parking spaces they serve.
502.3.3 Marking. Access aisles shall be marked so as to discourage parking in them.
Advisory 502.3.3 Marking. The method and
color of marking are not specified by these requirements but may be
addressed by State or local laws or regulations. Because these
requirements permit the van access aisle to be as wide as a parking
space, it is important that the aisle be clearly marked.
502.3.4 Location. Access aisles shall not
overlap the vehicular way. Access aisles shall be permitted to be
placed on either side of the parking space except for angled van parking spaces which shall have access aisles located on the passenger side of the parking spaces.
Advisory 502.3.4 Location. Wheelchair lifts
typically are installed on the passenger side of vans. Many drivers,
especially those who operate vans, find it more difficult to back into
parking spaces than to back out into comparatively unrestricted
vehicular lanes. For this reason, where a van and car share an access
aisle, consider locating the van space so that the access aisle is on
the passenger side of the van space.
502.4 Floor or
Ground Surfaces. Parking spaces and access aisles serving them shall
comply with 302. Access aisles shall be at the same level as the
parking spaces they serve. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.
Advisory 502.4 Floor or Ground Surfaces. Access aisles are required to be nearly level in all directions to
provide a surface for wheelchair transfer to and from vehicles. The
exception allows sufficient slope for drainage. Built-up curb ramps are
not permitted to project into access aisles and parking spaces because
they would create slopes greater than 1:48.
502.5 Vertical
Clearance. Parking spaces for vans and access aisles and vehicular
routes serving them shall provide a vertical clearance of 98 inches
(2490 mm) minimum.
Advisory 502.5 Vertical Clearance. Signs
provided at entrances to parking facilities informing drivers of
clearances and the location of van accessible parking spaces can
provide useful customer assistance.
502.6 Identification. Parking space identification signs
shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility complying with
703.7.2.1. Signs identifying van parking spaces shall contain the
designation "van accessible." Signs shall be 60 inches (1525 mm)
minimum above the finish floor or ground surface measured to the bottom of the sign.
Advisory 502.6 Identification. The required
"van accessible" designation is intended to be informative, not
restrictive, in identifying those spaces that are better suited for van
use. Enforcement of motor vehicle laws, including parking privileges,
is a local matter.
502.7 Relationship to Accessible
Routes. Parking spaces and access aisles shall be designed so that cars
and vans, when parked, cannot obstruct the required clear width of
adjacent accessible routes.
Advisory 502.7 Relationship to Accessible
Routes. Wheel stops are an effective way to prevent vehicle overhangs
from reducing the clear width of accessible routes.
503 Passenger Loading Zones
503.1 General. Passenger loading zones shall comply with 503.
503.2 Vehicle Pull-Up Space. Passenger
loading zones shall provide a vehicular pull-up space 96 inches (2440
mm) wide minimum and 20 feet (6100 mm) long minimum.
503.3 Access Aisle. Passenger loading zones
shall provide access aisles complying with 503 adjacent to the vehicle
pull-up space. Access aisles shall adjoin an accessible route and shall not overlap the vehicular way.
503.3.1 Width. Access aisles serving vehicle pull-up spaces shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.
503.3.2 Length. Access aisles shall extend the full length of the vehicle pull-up spaces they serve.
503.3.3 Marking. Access aisles shall be marked so as to discourage parking in them.
|
Figure 503.3 Passenger Loading Zone Access Aisle
|
503.4 Floor and Ground Surfaces. Vehicle
pull-up spaces and access aisles serving them shall comply with 302.
Access aisles shall be at the same level as the vehicle pull-up space
they serve. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.
503.5 Vertical Clearance. Vehicle pull-up spaces, access aisles serving them, and a vehicular route from an entrance
to the passenger loading zone, and from the passenger loading zone to a
vehicular exit shall provide a vertical clearance of 114 inches (2895
mm) minimum.
504 Stairways
504.1 General. Stairs shall comply with 504.
504.2 Treads and Risers. All steps on a
flight of stairs shall have uniform riser heights and uniform tread
depths. Risers shall be 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and 7 inches
(180 mm) high maximum. Treads shall be 11 inches (280 mm) deep minimum.
504.3 Open Risers. Open risers are not permitted.
504.4 Tread Surface. Stair treads shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTION: Treads shall be permitted to have a slope not steeper than 1:48.
Advisory 504.4 Tread Surface. Consider
providing visual contrast on tread nosings, or at the leading edges of
treads without nosings, so that stair treads are more visible for
people with low vision.
504.5 Nosings. The radius of curvature at
the leading edge of the tread shall be 1/2 inch (13 mm) maximum.
Nosings that project beyond risers shall have the underside of the
leading edge curved or beveled. Risers shall be permitted to slope
under the tread at an angle of 30 degrees maximum from vertical. The
permitted projection of the nosing shall extend 1 1/2 inches (38 mm)
maximum over the tread below.
|
Figure 504.5 Stair Nosings
|
504.6 Handrails. Stairs shall have handrails complying with 505.
504.7 Wet Conditions. Stair treads and
landings subject to wet conditions shall be designed to prevent the
accumulation of water.
505 Handrails
505.1 General. Handrails provided along walking surfaces complying with 403, required at ramps complying with 405, and required at stairs complying with 504 shall comply with 505.
Advisory 505.1 General. Handrails are
required on ramp runs with a rise greater than 6 inches (150 mm) (see
405.8) and on certain stairways (see 504). Handrails are not required
on walking surfaces with running slopes less than 1:20. However,
handrails are required to comply with 505 when they are provided on
walking surfaces with running slopes less than 1:20 (see 403.6).
Sections 505.2, 505.3, and 505.10 do not apply to handrails provided on
walking surfaces with running slopes less than 1:20 as these sections
only reference requirements for ramps and stairs.
505.2 Where Required. Handrails shall be provided on both sides of stairs and ramps.
EXCEPTION: In assembly
areas, handrails shall not be required on both sides of aisle ramps
where a handrail is provided at either side or within the aisle width.
505.3 Continuity. Handrails shall be
continuous within the full length of each stair flight or ramp run.
Inside handrails on switchback or dogleg stairs and ramps shall be
continuous between flights or runs.
EXCEPTION: In assembly areas, handrails on ramps shall not be required to be continuous in aisles serving seating.
505.4 Height. Top of gripping surfaces of
handrails shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm)
maximum vertically above walking
surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp surfaces. Handrails shall be at a
consistent height above walking surfaces, stair nosings, and ramp
surfaces.
Advisory 505.4 Height. The requirements for
stair and ramp handrails in this document are for adults. When children
are the principal users in a building or facility (e.g., elementary
schools), a second set of handrails at an appropriate height can assist
them and aid in preventing accidents. A maximum height of 28 inches
(710 mm) measured to the top of the gripping surface from the ramp
surface or stair nosing is recommended for handrails designed for
children. Sufficient vertical clearance between upper and lower
handrails, 9 inches (230 mm) minimum, should be provided to help
prevent entrapment.
![Figure (a) shows stairs with the top gripping surface of a handrail 34 to 38 inches (865 to 965 mm) above stair nosings. Figures (b) and (c) show ramps and walking surfaces, respectively. The top gripping surface of a handrail is 34 to 38 inches (865 to 965 mm) above the surface.](./adagov_files/ADA-AB56.gif)
|
Figure 505.4 Handrail Height
|
505.5 Clearance. Clearance between handrail gripping surfaces and adjacent surfaces shall be 1
1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum.
|
Figure 505.5 Handrail Clearance
|
505.6 Gripping Surface. Handrail gripping
surfaces shall be continuous along their length and shall not be
obstructed along their tops or sides. The bottoms of handrail gripping
surfaces shall not be obstructed for more than 20 percent of their
length. Where provided, horizontal projections shall occur 1 1/2 inches
(38 mm) minimum below the bottom of the handrail gripping surface.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where handrails are provided along walking
surfaces with slopes not steeper than 1:20, the bottoms of handrail
gripping surfaces shall be permitted to be obstructed along their
entire length where they are integral to crash rails or bumper guards.
2. The distance between horizontal
projections and the bottom of the gripping surface shall be permitted
to be reduced by 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for each 1/2 inch (13 mm) of
additional handrail perimeter dimension that exceeds 4 inches (100 mm).
Advisory 505.6 Gripping Surface. People
with disabilities, older people, and others benefit from continuous
gripping surfaces that permit users to reach the fingers outward or
downward to grasp the handrail, particularly as the user senses a loss
of equilibrium or begins to fall.
|
Figure 505.6 Horizontal Projections Below Gripping Surface
|
505.7 Cross Section. Handrail gripping surfaces shall have a cross section complying with 505.7.1 or 505.7.2.
505.7.1 Circular Cross Section. Handrail gripping surfaces with a circular cross section shall have an outside diameter of 1
1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum.
505.7.2 Non-Circular Cross Sections. Handrail gripping surfaces with a non-circular cross section shall have
a perimeter dimension of 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 1/4 inches
(160 mm) maximum, and a cross-section dimension of 2 1/4 inches (57 mm)
maximum.
|
Figure 505.7.2 Handrail Non-Circular Cross Section
|
505.8 Surfaces. Handrail gripping surfaces
and any surfaces adjacent to them shall be free of sharp or abrasive
elements and shall have rounded edges.
505.9 Fittings. Handrails shall not rotate within their fittings.
505.10 Handrail Extensions. Handrail
gripping surfaces shall extend beyond and in the same direction of
stair flights and ramp runs in accordance with 505.10.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Extensions shall not be
required for continuous handrails at the inside turn of switchback or
dogleg stairs and ramps.
2. In assembly
areas, extensions shall not be required for ramp handrails in aisles
serving seating where the handrails are discontinuous to provide access
to seating and to permit crossovers within aisles.
3. In alterations,
full extensions of handrails shall not be required where such
extensions would be hazardous due to plan configuration.
505.10.1 Top and Bottom Extension at Ramps. Ramp handrails shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12
inches (305 mm) minimum beyond the top and bottom of ramp runs.
Extensions shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or
shall be continuous to the handrail of an adjacent ramp run.
|
Figure 505.10.1 Top and Bottom Handrail Extension at Ramps
|
505.10.2 Top Extension at Stairs. At the top of a stair flight, handrails
shall extend horizontally above the landing for 12 inches (305 mm)
minimum beginning directly above the first riser nosing. Extensions
shall return to a wall, guard, or the landing surface, or shall be
continuous to the handrail of an adjacent stair flight.
|
Figure 505.10.2 Top Handrail Extension at Stairs
|
505.10.3 Bottom Extension at Stairs. At the
bottom of a stair flight, handrails shall extend at the slope of the
stair flight for a horizontal distance at least equal to one tread
depth beyond the last riser nosing. Extension shall return to a wall,
guard, or the landing surface, or shall be continuous to the handrail
of an adjacent stair flight.
|
Figure 505.10.3 Bottom Handrail Extension at Stairs
|
CHAPTER 6: PLUMBING ELEMENTS AND FACILITIES
601.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 6
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
602.1 General. Drinking fountains shall comply with 307 and 602.
602.2 Clear Floor Space. Units shall have a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach and centered on the unit. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided.
EXCEPTION: A parallel approach complying with 305 shall be permitted at units for children's use where the spout is 30 inches (760 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground and is 3
1/2 inches (90 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including bumpers.
602.3 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309.
602.4 Spout Height. Spout outlets shall be 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
602.5 Spout Location. The spout shall be
located 15 inches (380 mm) minimum from the vertical support and 5
inches (125 mm) maximum from the front edge of the unit, including
bumpers.
|
Figure 602.5 Drinking Fountain Spout Location
|
602.6 Water Flow. The spout shall provide a
flow of water 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and shall be located 5
inches (125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit. The angle of the
water stream shall be measured horizontally relative to the front face
of the unit. Where spouts are located less than 3 inches (75 mm) of the
front of the unit, the angle of the water stream shall be 30 degrees
maximum. Where spouts are located between 3 inches (75 mm) and 5 inches
(125 mm) maximum from the front of the unit, the angle of the water
stream shall be 15 degrees maximum.
Advisory 602.6 Water Flow. The purpose of
requiring the drinking fountain spout to produce a flow of water 4
inches (100 mm) high minimum is so that a cup can be inserted under the
flow of water to provide a drink of water for an individual who,
because of a disability, would otherwise be incapable of using the
drinking fountain.
602.7 Drinking
Fountains for Standing Persons. Spout outlets of drinking fountains for
standing persons shall be 38 inches (965 mm) minimum and 43 inches
(1090 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
603 Toilet and Bathing Rooms
603.1 General. Toilet and bathing rooms shall comply with 603.
603.2 Clearances. Clearances shall comply with 603.2.
603.2.1 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room.
603.2.2 Overlap. Required clear floor spaces, clearance at fixtures, and turning space shall be permitted to overlap.
603.2.3 Door
Swing. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space or clearance
required for any fixture. Doors shall be permitted to swing into the
required turning space.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Doors to a toilet room or
bathing room for a single occupant accessed only through a private
office and not for common use or public
use shall be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance
provided the swing of the door can be reversed to comply with 603.2.3.
2. Where the toilet room or bathing room is
for individual use and a clear floor space complying with 305.3 is
provided within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall
be permitted to swing into the clear floor space or clearance required
for any fixture.
Advisory 603.2.3 Door Swing Exception 1. At
the time the door is installed, and if the door swing is reversed in
the future, the door must meet all the requirements specified in 404.
Additionally, the door swing cannot reduce the required width of an
accessible route. Also, avoid violating other building or life safety
codes when the door swing is reversed.
603.3 Mirrors. Mirrors located above lavatories
or countertops shall be installed with the bottom edge of the
reflecting surface 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the finish floor
or ground. Mirrors not located above lavatories or countertops shall be
installed with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches (890
mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
Advisory 603.3 Mirrors. A single
full-length mirror can accommodate a greater number of people,
including children. In order for mirrors to be usable by people who are
ambulatory and people who use wheelchairs, the top edge of mirrors
should be 74 inches (1880 mm) minimum from the floor or ground.
603.4 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach
ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm)
minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor.
604 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments
604.1 General. Water closets and toilet compartments shall comply with 604.2 through 604.8.
EXCEPTION: Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall be permitted to comply with 604.9.
604.2 Location. The water closet shall be
positioned with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The
centerline of the water closet shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum to
18 inches (455 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that
the water closet shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485
mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory
accessible toilet compartment specified in 604.8.2. Water closets shall
be arranged for a left-hand or right-hand approach.
|
Figure 604.2 Water Closet Location
|
604.3 Clearance. Clearances around water closets and in toilet compartments shall comply with 604.3.
604.3.1 Size. Clearance around a water
closet shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum measured perpendicular from
the side wall and 56 inches (1420 mm) minimum measured perpendicular
from the rear wall.
|
Figure 604.3.1 Size of Clearance at Water Closets
|
604.3.2 Overlap. The required clearance around the water closet shall be permitted to overlap the water closet, associated grab bars, dispensers, sanitary napkin disposal units, coat hooks, shelves, accessible routes, clear floor space and clearances required at other fixtures, and the turning space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall be located within the required water closet clearance.
EXCEPTION: In residential
dwelling units, a lavatory complying with 606 shall be permitted on the
rear wall 18 inches (455 mm) minimum from the water closet centerline
where the clearance at the water closet is 66 inches (1675 mm) minimum
measured perpendicular from the rear wall.
Advisory 604.3.2 Overlap. When the door to
the toilet room is placed directly in front of the water closet, the
water closet cannot overlap the required maneuvering clearance for the
door inside the room.
|
Figure 604.3.2 (Exception) Overlap of Water Closet Clearance in Residential Dwelling Units
|
604.4 Seats. The seat height of a water
closet above the finish floor shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and
19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall
not be sprung to return to a lifted position.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. A water closet in a toilet room for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall not be required to comply with 604.4.
2. In residential dwelling units, the height of water
closets shall be permitted to be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 19
inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of
the seat.
604.5 Grab
Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall comply with 609. Grab bars
shall be provided on the side wall closest to the water closet and on
the rear wall.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Grab bars shall not be
required to be installed in a toilet room for a single occupant
accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public
use provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located
so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 604.5.
2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars
shall not be required to be installed in toilet or bathrooms provided
that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located so as to
permit the installation of grab bars complying with 604.5.
3. In detention or correction facilities, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in housing or holding cells that are specially designed without protrusions for purposes of suicide prevention.
Advisory 604.5 Grab Bars Exception 2.
Reinforcement must be sufficient to permit the installation of rear and
side wall grab bars that fully meet all accessibility requirements
including, but not limited to, required length, installation height,
and structural strength.
604.5.1 Side Wall. The side wall grab bar
shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum, located 12 inches (305 mm)
maximum from the rear wall and extending 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum
from the rear wall.
|
Figure 604.5.1 Side Wall Grab Bar at Water Closets
|
604.5.2 Rear Wall. The rear wall grab bar
shall be 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and extend from the centerline
of the water closet 12 inches (305 mm) minimum on one side and 24
inches (610 mm) minimum on the other side.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. The rear grab bar shall be
permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) long minimum, centered on the water
closet, where wall space does not permit a length of 36 inches (915 mm)
minimum due to the location of a recessed fixture adjacent to the water
closet.
2. Where an administrative authority
requires flush controls for flush valves to be located in a position
that conflicts with the location of the rear grab bar, then the rear
grab bar shall be permitted to be split or shifted to the open side of
the toilet area.
|
Figure 604.5.2 Rear Wall Grab Bar at Water Closets
|
604.6 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall
be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall
comply with 309. Flush controls shall be located on the open side of
the water closet except in ambulatory accessible compartments complying
with 604.8.2.
Advisory 604.6 Flush Controls. If plumbing
valves are located directly behind the toilet seat, flush valves and
related plumbing can cause injury or imbalance when a person leans back
against them. To prevent causing injury or imbalance, the plumbing can
be located behind walls or to the side of the toilet; or if approved by
the local authority having jurisdiction, provide a toilet seat lid.
604.7 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers
shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm) minimum and 9
inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the
centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 15
inches (380 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the
finish floor and shall not be located behind grab bars. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery or that does not allow continuous paper flow.
Advisory 604.7 Dispensers. If toilet paper
dispensers are installed above the side wall grab bar, the outlet of
the toilet paper dispenser must be 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above
the finish floor and the top of the gripping surface of the grab bar
must be 33 inches (840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above
the finish floor.
|
Figure 604.7 Dispenser Outlet Location
|
604.8 Toilet
Compartments. Wheelchair accessible toilet compartments shall meet the
requirements of 604.8.1 and 604.8.3. Compartments containing more than
one plumbing fixture shall comply with 603. Ambulatory accessible
compartments shall comply with 604.8.2 and 604.8.3.
604.8.1 Wheelchair Accessible Compartments. Wheelchair accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.1.
604.8.1.1 Size. Wheelchair accessible
compartments shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured
perpendicular to the side wall, and 56 inches (1420 mm) deep minimum
for wall hung water closets and 59 inches
(1500 mm) deep minimum for floor mounted water closets measured
perpendicular to the rear wall. Wheelchair accessible compartments for children's
use shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum measured perpendicular to
the side wall, and 59 inches (1500 mm) deep minimum for wall hung and
floor mounted water closets measured perpendicular to the rear wall.
Advisory 604.8.1.1 Size. The minimum space
required in toilet compartments is provided so that a person using a
wheelchair can maneuver into position at the water closet. This space
cannot be obstructed by baby changing tables or other fixtures or
conveniences, except as specified at 604.3.2 (Overlap). If toilet
compartments are to be used to house fixtures other than those
associated with the water closet, they must be designed to exceed the
minimum space requirements. Convenience fixtures such as baby changing
tables must also be accessible to people with disabilities as well as
to other users. Toilet compartments that are designed to meet, and not
exceed, the minimum space requirements may not provide adequate space
for maneuvering into position at a baby changing table.
|
Figure 604.8.1.1 Size of Wheelchair Accessible Toilet Compartment
|
604.8.1.2 Doors. Toilet compartment doors,
including door hardware, shall comply with 404 except that if the
approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance
between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be
42 inches (1065 mm) minimum. Doors shall be located in the front
partition or in the side wall or partition farthest from the water
closet. Where located in the front partition, the door opening shall be
4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition farthest from
the water closet. Where located in the side wall or partition, the door
opening shall be 4 inches (100 mm) maximum from the front partition.
The door shall be self-closing. A door pull complying with 404.2.7
shall be placed on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet
compartment doors shall not swing into the minimum required compartment
area.
|
Figure 604.8.1.2 Wheelchair Accessible Toilet Compartment Doors
|
604.8.1.3 Approach. Compartments shall be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet.
604.8.1.4 Toe
Clearance. The front partition and at least one side partition shall
provide a toe clearance of 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the finish
floor and 6 inches (150 mm) deep minimum beyond the compartment-side
face of the partition, exclusive of partition support members.
Compartments for children's use shall provide a toe clearance of 12 inches (305 mm) minimum above the finish floor.
EXCEPTION: Toe clearance at the front
partition is not required in a compartment greater than 62 inches (1575
mm) deep with a wall-hung water closet or 65 inches (1650 mm) deep with
a floor-mounted water closet. Toe clearance at the side partition is
not required in a compartment greater than 66 inches (1675 mm) wide.
Toe clearance at the front partition is not required in a compartment
for children's use that is greater than 65 inches (1650 mm) deep.
|
Figure 604.8.1.4 Wheelchair Accessible Toilet Compartment Toe Clearance
|
604.8.1.5 Grab
Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A side-wall grab bar complying
with 604.5.1 shall be provided and shall be located on the wall closest
to the water closet. In addition, a rear-wall grab bar complying with
604.5.2 shall be provided.
604.8.2 Ambulatory Accessible Compartments. Ambulatory accessible compartments shall comply with 604.8.2.
604.8.2.1 Size. Ambulatory accessible
compartments shall have a depth of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum and a
width of 35 inches (890 mm) minimum and 37 inches (940 mm) maximum.
604.8.2.2 Doors. Toilet compartment doors,
including door hardware, shall comply with 404, except that if the
approach is to the latch side of the compartment door, clearance
between the door side of the compartment and any obstruction shall be
42 inches (1065 mm) minimum. The door shall be self-closing. A door
pull complying with 404.2.7 shall be placed on both sides of the door
near the latch. Toilet compartment doors shall not swing into the
minimum required compartment area.
604.8.2.3 Grab
Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609. A side-wall grab bar complying
with 604.5.1 shall be provided on both sides of the compartment.
|
Figure 604.8.2 Ambulatory Accessible Toilet Compartment
|
604.8.3 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks shall be located within one of the reach
ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be located 40 inches (1015 mm)
minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor.
604.9 Water Closets and Toilet Compartments for Children's Use. Water closets and toilet compartments for children's use shall comply with 604.9.
Advisory 604.9 Water Closets and Toilet
Compartments for Children's Use. The requirements in 604.9 are to be
followed where the exception for children's water closets in 604.1 is
used. The following table provides additional guidance in applying the
specifications for water closets for children according to the age
group served and reflects the differences in the size, stature, and
reach ranges of children ages 3 through 12. The specifications chosen
should correspond to the age of the primary user group. The
specifications of one age group should be applied consistently in the
installation of a water closet and related elements.
|
Advisory Specifications for Water Closets Serving Children Ages 3 through 12
|
|
Ages 3 and 4
|
Ages 5 through 8
|
Ages 9 through 12
|
Water Closet Centerline
|
12 inches
(305 mm)
|
12 to 15 inches
(305 to 380 mm)
|
15 to 18 inches
(380 to 455 mm)
|
Toilet Seat Height
|
11 to 12 inches
(280 to 305 mm)
|
12 to 15 inches
(305 to 380 mm)
|
15 to 17 inches
(380 to 430 mm)
|
Grab Bar Height
|
18 to 20 inches
(455 to 510 mm)
|
20 to 25 inches
(510 to 635 mm)
|
25 to 27 inches
(635 to 685 mm)
|
Dispenser Height
|
14 inches
(355 mm)
|
14 to 17 inches
(355 to 430 mm)
|
17 to 19 inches
(430 to 485 mm)
|
604.9.1 Location. The water closet shall be
located with a wall or partition to the rear and to one side. The
centerline of the water closet shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum and
18 inches (455 mm) maximum from the side wall or partition, except that
the water closet shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485
mm) maximum from the side wall or partition in the ambulatory
accessible toilet compartment specified in 604.8.2. Compartments shall
be arranged for left-hand or right-hand approach to the water closet.
604.9.2 Clearance. Clearance around a water closet shall comply with 604.3.
604.9.3 Height. The height of water
closets shall be 11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 17 inches (430 mm)
maximum measured to the top of the seat. Seats shall not be sprung to
return to a lifted position.
604.9.4 Grab Bars. Grab bars for water closets shall comply with 604.5.
604.9.5 Flush Controls. Flush controls
shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall
comply with 309.2 and 309.4 and shall be installed 36 inches (915 mm)
maximum above the finish floor. Flush controls shall be located on the
open side of the water closet except in ambulatory accessible
compartments complying with 604.8.2.
604.9.6 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers
shall comply with 309.4 and shall be 7 inches (180 mm) minimum and 9
inches (230 mm) maximum in front of the water closet measured to the
centerline of the dispenser. The outlet of the dispenser shall be 14
inches (355 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish
floor. There shall be a clearance of 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum below
the grab bar. Dispensers shall not be of a type that controls delivery
or that does not allow continuous paper flow.
604.9.7 Toilet Compartments. Toilet compartments shall comply with 604.8.
605 Urinals
605.1 General. Urinals shall comply with 605.
Advisory 605.1 General. Stall-type urinals
provide greater accessibility for a broader range of persons, including
people of short stature.
605.2 Height and Depth. Urinals shall be
the stall-type or the wall-hung type with the rim 17 inches (430 mm)
maximum above the finish floor or ground. Urinals shall be 13 1/2
inches (345 mm) deep minimum measured from the outer face of the urinal
rim to the back of the fixture.
|
Figure 605.2 Height and Depth of Urinals
|
605.3 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided.
605.4 Flush Controls. Flush controls shall be hand operated or automatic. Hand operated flush controls shall comply with 309.
606 Lavatories and Sinks
606.1 General. Lavatories and sinks shall comply with 606.
Advisory 606.1 General. If soap and towel
dispensers are provided, they must be located within the reach ranges
specified in 308. Locate soap and towel dispensers so that they are
conveniently usable by a person at the accessible lavatory.
606.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear floor space complying with 305, positioned for a forward approach, and knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. A parallel approach
complying with 305 shall be permitted to a kitchen sink in a space
where a cook top or conventional range is not provided and to wet bars.
2. A lavatory in a toilet room or bathing facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public use shall not be required to provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306.
3. In residential dwelling units, cabinetry shall be permitted under lavatories and kitchen sinks provided that all of the following conditions are met:
(a) the cabinetry can be removed without removal or replacement of the fixture;
(b) the finish floor extends under the cabinetry; and
(c) the walls behind and surrounding the cabinetry are finished.
4. A knee clearance of 24 inches (610 mm)
minimum above the finish floor or ground shall be permitted at
lavatories and sinks used primarily by children 6 through 12 years where the rim or counter surface is 31 inches (785 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
5. A parallel approach complying with 305
shall be permitted to lavatories and sinks used primarily by children 5
years and younger.
6. The dip of the overflow shall not be considered in determining knee and toe clearances.
7. No more than one bowl of a multi-bowl sink shall be required to provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306.
606.3 Height. Lavatories and sinks shall be
installed with the front of the higher of the rim or counter surface 34
inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. A lavatory in a toilet or
bathing facility for a single occupant accessed only through a private
office and not for common use or public use shall not be required to comply with 606.3.
2. In residential dwelling unit kitchens,
sinks that are adjustable to variable heights, 29 inches (735 mm)
minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum, shall be permitted where
rough-in plumbing permits connections of supply and drain pipes for
sinks mounted at the height of 29 inches (735 mm).
606.4 Faucets. Controls for faucets shall
comply with 309. Hand-operated metering faucets shall remain open for
10 seconds minimum.
606.5 Exposed Pipes and Surfaces. Water
supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or
otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no
sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks.
607 Bathtubs
607.1 General. Bathtubs shall comply with 607.
607.2 Clearance. Clearance in front of
bathtubs shall extend the length of the bathtub and shall be 30 inches
(760 mm) wide minimum. A lavatory complying with 606 shall be permitted
at the control end of the clearance. Where a permanent seat is provided
at the head end of the bathtub, the clearance shall extend 12 inches
(305 mm) minimum beyond the wall at the head end of the bathtub.
|
Figure 607.2 Clearance for Bathtubs
|
607.3 Seat. A permanent seat at the head end of the bathtub or a removable in-tub seat shall be provided. Seats shall comply with 610.
607.4 Grab Bars. Grab bars for bathtubs shall comply with 609 and shall be provided in accordance with 607.4.1 or 607.4.2.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Grab bars shall not be
required to be installed in a bathtub located in a bathing facility for
a single occupant accessed only through a private office and not for common use or public
use provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located
so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 607.4.
2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in bathtubs located in bathing
facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and
located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with
607.4.
607.4.1 Bathtubs With Permanent Seats. For
bathtubs with permanent seats, grab bars shall be provided in
accordance with 607.4.1.
607.4.1.1 Back Wall. Two grab bars shall be
installed on the back wall, one located in accordance with 609.4 and
the other located 8 inches (205 mm) minimum and 10 inches (255 mm)
maximum above the rim of the bathtub. Each grab bar shall be installed
15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the head end wall and 12 inches (305
mm) maximum from the control end wall.
607.4.1.2 Control End Wall. A grab bar 24
inches (610 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the control end wall
at the front edge of the bathtub.
|
Figure 607.4.1 Grab Bars for Bathtubs with Permanent Seats
|
607.4.2 Bathtubs Without Permanent Seats. For bathtubs without permanent seats, grab bars shall comply with 607.4.2.
607.4.2.1 Back Wall. Two grab bars shall be
installed on the back wall, one located in accordance with 609.4 and
other located 8 inches (205 mm) minimum and 10 inches (255 mm) maximum
above the rim of the bathtub. Each grab bar shall be 24 inches (610 mm)
long minimum and shall be installed 24 inches (610 mm) maximum from the
head end wall and 12 inches (305 mm) maximum from the control end wall.
607.4.2.2 Control End Wall. A grab bar 24
inches (610 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the control end wall
at the front edge of the bathtub.
607.4.2.3 Head End Wall. A grab bar 12
inches (305 mm) long minimum shall be installed on the head end wall at
the front edge of the bathtub.
|
Figure 607.4.2 Grab Bars for Bathtubs with Removable In-Tub Seats
|
607.5 Controls. Controls, other than drain stoppers, shall be located on an end wall. Controls shall be between the bathtub
rim and grab bar, and between the open side of the bathtub and the
centerline of the width of the bathtub. Controls shall comply with
309.4.
|
Figure 607.5 Bathtub Control Location
|
607.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water. A shower
spray unit with a hose 59 inches (1500 mm) long minimum that can be
used both as a fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower
shall be provided. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control
with a non-positive shut-off. If an adjustable-height shower head on a
vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to obstruct
the use of grab bars. Bathtub shower spray units shall deliver water that is 120°F (49°C) maximum.
Advisory 607.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water. Ensure that hand-held shower spray units are capable of delivering
water pressure substantially equivalent to fixed shower heads.
607.7 Bathtub Enclosures. Enclosures for
bathtubs shall not obstruct controls, faucets, shower and spray units
or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto bathtub
seats or into bathtubs. Enclosures on bathtubs shall not have tracks
installed on the rim of the open face of the bathtub.
608 Shower Compartments
608.1 General. Shower compartments shall comply with 608.
Advisory 608.1 General. Shower stalls that
are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide and have no curb may increase the
usability of a bathroom because the shower area provides additional
maneuvering space.
608.2 Size and Clearances for Shower Compartments. Shower compartments shall have sizes and clearances complying with 608.2.
608.2.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments. Transfer type shower compartments shall be 36 inches (915 mm) by 36
inches (915 mm) clear inside dimensions measured at the center points
of opposing sides and shall have a 36 inch (915 mm) wide minimum entry
on the face of the shower compartment. Clearance of 36 inches (915 mm)
wide minimum by 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum measured from the
control wall shall be provided.
|
Figure 608.2.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartment Size and Clearance
|
608.2.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower
Compartments. Standard roll-in type shower compartments shall be 30
inches (760 mm) wide minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) deep minimum clear
inside dimensions measured at center points of opposing sides and shall
have a 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum entry on the face of the shower
compartment.
608.2.2.1 Clearance. A 30 inch (760 mm)
wide minimum by 60 inch (1525 mm) long minimum clearance shall be
provided adjacent to the open face of the shower compartment.
EXCEPTION: A lavatory complying with 606
shall be permitted on one 30 inch (760 mm) wide minimum side of the
clearance provided that it is not on the side of the clearance adjacent
to the controls or, where provided, not on the side of the clearance
adjacent to the shower seat.
|
Figure 608.2.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartment Size and Clearance
|
608.2.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower
Compartments. Alternate roll-in type shower compartments shall be 36
inches (915 mm) wide and 60 inches (1525 mm) deep minimum clear inside
dimensions measured at center points of opposing sides. A 36 inch (915
mm) wide minimum entry shall be provided at one end of the long side of
the compartment.
|
Figure 608.2.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartment Size and Clearance
|
608.3 Grab
Bars. Grab bars shall comply with 609 and shall be provided in
accordance with 608.3. Where multiple grab bars are used, required
horizontal grab bars shall be installed at the same height above the
finish floor.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Grab bars shall not be
required to be installed in a shower located in a bathing facility for
a single occupant accessed only through a private office, and not for common use or public
use provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and located
so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with 608.3.
2. In residential dwelling units, grab bars shall not be required to be installed in showers located in bathing
facilities provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls and
located so as to permit the installation of grab bars complying with
608.3.
608.3.1 Transfer Type Shower
Compartments. In transfer type compartments, grab bars shall be
provided across the control wall and back wall to a point 18 inches
(455 mm) from the control wall.
|
Figure 608.3.1 Grab Bars for Transfer Type Showers
|
608.3.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower
Compartments. Where a seat is provided in standard roll-in type shower
compartments, grab bars shall be provided on the back wall and the side
wall opposite the seat. Grab bars shall not be provided above the seat.
Where a seat is not provided in standard roll-in type shower
compartments, grab bars shall be provided on three walls. Grab bars
shall be installed 6 inches (150 mm) maximum from adjacent walls.
|
Figure 608.3.2 Grab Bars for Standard Roll-In Type Showers
|
608.3.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartments. In alternate roll-in type shower compartments, grab
bars shall be provided on the back wall and the side wall farthest from
the compartment entry. Grab bars shall not be provided above the seat.
Grab bars shall be installed 6 inches (150 mm) maximum from adjacent
walls.
|
Figure 608.3.3 Grab Bars for Alternate Roll-In Type Showers
|
608.4 Seats. A folding or non-folding seat
shall be provided in transfer type shower compartments. A folding seat
shall be provided in roll-in type showers required in transient lodging guest rooms with mobility features complying with 806.2. Seats shall comply with 610.
EXCEPTION: In residential
dwelling units, seats shall not be required in transfer type shower
compartments provided that reinforcement has been installed in walls so
as to permit the installation of seats complying with 608.4.
608.5 Controls. Controls, faucets, and shower spray units shall comply with 309.4.
608.5.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartments. In transfer type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and shower
spray unit shall be installed on the side wall opposite the seat 38
inches (965 mm) minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the
shower floor and shall be located on the control wall 15 inches (380
mm) maximum from the centerline of the seat toward the shower opening.
|
Figure 608.5.1 Transfer Type Shower Compartment Control Location
|
608.5.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower
Compartments. In standard roll-in type shower compartments, the
controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be located above the
grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches (1220 mm) above the shower
floor. Where a seat is provided, the controls, faucets, and shower
spray unit shall be installed on the back wall adjacent to the seat
wall and shall be located 27 inches (685 mm) maximum from the seat
wall.
Advisory 608.5.2 Standard Roll-in Type
Shower Compartments. In standard roll-in type showers without seats,
the shower head and operable parts can be located on any of the three
walls of the shower without adversely affecting accessibility.
|
Figure 608.5.2 Standard Roll-In Type Shower Compartment Control Location
|
608.5.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower
Compartments. In alternate roll-in type shower compartments, the
controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be located above the
grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches (1220 mm) above the shower
floor. Where a seat is provided, the controls, faucets, and shower
spray unit shall be located on the side wall adjacent to the seat 27
inches (685 mm) maximum from the side wall behind the seat or shall be
located on the back wall opposite the seat 15 inches (380 mm) maximum,
left or right, of the centerline of the seat. Where a seat is not
provided, the controls, faucets, and shower spray unit shall be
installed on the side wall farthest from the compartment entry.
|
Figure 608.5.3 Alternate Roll-In Type Shower Compartment Control Location
|
608.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water. A shower
spray unit with a hose 59 inches (1500 mm) long minimum that can be
used both as a fixed-position shower head and as a hand-held shower
shall be provided. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control
with a non-positive shut-off. If an adjustable-height shower head on a
vertical bar is used, the bar shall be installed so as not to obstruct
the use of grab bars. Shower spray units shall deliver water that is 120°F (49°C) maximum.
EXCEPTION: A fixed shower head located at
48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the shower finish floor shall be
permitted instead of a hand-held spray unit in facilities that are not medical care facilities, long-term care facilities, transient lodging guest rooms, or residential dwelling units.
Advisory 608.6 Shower Spray Unit and Water. Ensure that hand-held shower spray units are capable of delivering
water pressure substantially equivalent to fixed shower heads.
608.7 Thresholds. Thresholds in roll-in type shower compartments shall be
1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum in accordance with 303. In transfer type shower compartments, thresholds
1/2 inch (13 mm) high maximum shall be beveled, rounded, or vertical.
EXCEPTION: A threshold 2 inches (51 mm) high maximum shall be permitted in transfer type shower compartments in existing facilities where provision of a
1/2 inch (13 mm) high threshold would disturb the structural reinforcement of the floor slab.
608.8 Shower Enclosures. Enclosures for shower compartments shall not obstruct controls, faucets, and shower spray units or obstruct transfer from wheelchairs onto shower seats.
609 Grab Bars
609.1 General. Grab bars in toilet facilities and bathing facilities shall comply with 609.
609.2 Cross Section. Grab bars shall have a cross section complying with 609.2.1 or 609.2.2.
609.2.1 Circular Cross Section. Grab bars with circular cross sections shall have an outside diameter of 1
1/4 inches (32 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum.
609.2.2 Non-Circular Cross Section. Grab
bars with non-circular cross sections shall have a cross-section
dimension of 2 inches (51 mm) maximum and a perimeter dimension of 4
inches (100 mm) minimum and 4.8 inches (120 mm) maximum.
|
Figure 609.2.2 Grab Bar Non-Circular Cross Section
|
609.3 Spacing. The space between the wall and the grab bar shall be 1
1/2 inches (38 mm). The space between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1
1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum. The space between the grab bar and projecting objects above shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION: The space between the grab bars
and shower controls, shower fittings, and other grab bars above shall
be permitted to be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum.
|
Figure 609.3 Spacing of Grab Bars
|
609.4 Position of Grab
Bars. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches
(840 mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor
measured to the top of the gripping surface, except that at water closets for children's
use complying with 604.9, grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal
position 18 inches (455 mm) minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum
above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface. The
height of the lower grab bar on the back wall of a bathtub shall comply with 607.4.1.1 or 607.4.2.1.
609.5 Surface Hazards. Grab bars and any
wall or other surfaces adjacent to grab bars shall be free of sharp or
abrasive elements and shall have rounded edges.
609.6 Fittings. Grab bars shall not rotate within their fittings.
609.7 Installation. Grab bars shall be
installed in any manner that provides a gripping surface at the
specified locations and that does not obstruct the required clear floor
space.
609.8 Structural Strength. Allowable
stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or
horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the
grab bar, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.
610 Seats
610.1 General. Seats in bathtubs and shower compartments shall comply with 610.
610.2 Bathtub
Seats. The top of bathtub seats shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and
19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the bathroom finish floor. The depth
of a removable in-tub seat shall be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 16
inches (405 mm) maximum. The seat shall be capable of secure placement.
Permanent seats at the head end of the bathtub shall be 15 inches (380
mm) deep minimum and shall extend from the back wall to or beyond the
outer edge of the bathtub.
|
Figure 610.2 Bathtub Seats
|
610.3 Shower Compartment Seats. Where a
seat is provided in a standard roll-in shower compartment, it shall be
a folding type, shall be installed on the side wall adjacent to the
controls, and shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3
inches (75 mm) of the compartment entry. Where a seat is provided in an
alternate roll-in type shower compartment, it shall be a folding type,
shall be installed on the front wall opposite the back wall, and shall
extend from the adjacent side wall to a point within 3 inches (75 mm)
of the compartment entry. In transfer-type showers, the seat shall
extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches (75 mm) of the
compartment entry. The top of the seat shall be 17 inches (430 mm)
minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the bathroom finish floor.
Seats shall comply with 610.3.1 or 610.3.2.
|
Figure 610.3 Extent of Seat
|
610.3.1 Rectangular Seats. The rear edge of
a rectangular seat shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front
edge 15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum from the
seat wall. The side edge of the seat shall be 1 1/2 inches (38 mm)
maximum from the adjacent wall.
|
Figure 610.3.1 Rectangular Shower Seat
|
610.3.2 L-Shaped Seats. The rear edge of an
L-shaped seat shall be 2 1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum and the front edge
15 inches (380 mm) minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum from the seat
wall. The rear edge of the "L" portion of the seat shall be 1 1/2
inches (38 mm) maximum from the wall and the front edge shall be 14
inches (355 mm) minimum and 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the wall.
The end of the "L" shall be 22 inches (560 mm) minimum and 23 inches
maximum (585 mm) from the main seat wall.
|
Figure 610.3.2 L-Shaped Shower Seat
|
610.4 Structural Strength. Allowable
stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or
horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the
seat, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.
611 Washing Machines and Clothes Dryers
611.1 General. Washing machines and clothes dryers shall comply with 611.
611.2 Clear Floor Space. A clear
floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for parallel
approach shall be provided. The clear floor or ground space shall be
centered on the appliance.
611.3 Operable Parts. Operable parts, including doors, lint screens, and detergent and bleach compartments shall comply with 309.
611.4 Height. Top loading machines shall
have the door to the laundry compartment located 36 inches (915 mm)
maximum above the finish floor. Front loading machines shall have the
bottom of the opening to the laundry compartment located 15 inches (380
mm) minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum above the finish floor.
|
Figure 611.4 Height of Laundry Compartment Opening
|
612 Saunas and Steam Rooms
612.1 General. Saunas and steam rooms shall comply with 612.
612.2 Bench. Where seating is provided in saunas and steam rooms, at least one bench
shall comply with 903. Doors shall not swing into the clear floor space
required by 903.2.
EXCEPTION: A readily removable bench shall be permitted to obstruct the turning space required by 612.3 and the clear floor or ground space required by 903.2.
612.3 Turning Space. A turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within saunas and steam rooms.
CHAPTER 7: COMMUNICATION ELEMENTS AND FEATURES
701 General
701.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 7
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
702 Fire Alarm Systems
702.1 General. Fire alarm systems shall have permanently installed audible and visible alarms complying with NFPA 72 (1999 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1), except that the maximum allowable sound level
of audible notification appliances complying with section 4-3.2.1 of
NFPA 72 (1999 edition) shall have a sound level no more than 110 dB at
the minimum hearing distance from the audible appliance. In addition,
alarms in guest rooms required to provide communication features shall
comply with sections 4-3 and 4-4 of NFPA 72 (1999 edition) or sections
7.4 and 7.5 of NFPA 72 (2002 edition).
EXCEPTION: Fire alarm systems in medical care facilities shall be permitted to be provided in accordance with industry practice.
703 Signs
703.1 General. Signs shall comply with 703.
Where both visual and tactile characters are required, either one sign
with both visual and tactile characters, or two separate signs, one
with visual, and one with tactile characters, shall be provided.
703.2 Raised Characters. Raised characters
shall comply with 703.2 and shall be duplicated in braille complying
with 703.3. Raised characters shall be installed in accordance with
703.4.
Advisory 703.2 Raised Characters. Signs that are designed to be read by touch should not have sharp or abrasive edges.
703.2.1 Depth. Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) minimum above their background.
703.2.2 Case. Characters shall be uppercase.
703.2.3 Style. Characters shall be sans
serif. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly
decorative, or of other unusual forms.
703.2.4 Character Proportions. Characters
shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter
"O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the
uppercase letter "I".
703.2.5 Character Height. Character height
measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8
inch (16 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height
of the uppercase letter "I".
EXCEPTION: Where separate raised and visual
characters with the same information are provided, raised character
height shall be permitted to be 1/2 inch (13 mm) minimum.
|
Figure 703.2.5 Height of Raised Characters
|
703.2.6 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness
of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 15 percent maximum of the height
of the character.
703.2.7 Character Spacing. Character
spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent
raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where
characters have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual
raised characters shall be 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 4 times the
raised character stroke width maximum. Where characters have other
cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall be
1/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke
width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch (3.2 mm)
minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the
top of the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised
borders and decorative elements 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum.
703.2.8 Line Spacing. Spacing between the
baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a message shall
be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the raised character
height.
703.3 Braille. Braille shall be contracted (Grade 2) and shall comply with 703.3 and 703.4.
703.3.1 Dimensions and Capitalization. Braille dots shall have a domed or rounded shape and shall comply with
Table 703.3.1. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall
only be used before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and
names, individual letters of the alphabet, initials, and acronyms.
Table 703.3.1 Braille Dimensions
Measurement Range
|
Minimum in Inches
Maximum in Inches
|
Dot base diameter
|
0.059 (1.5 mm) to 0.063 (1.6 mm)
|
Distance between two dots in the same cell1
|
0.090 (2.3 mm) to 0.100 (2.5 mm)
|
Distance between corresponding dots in adjacent cells1
|
0.241 (6.1 mm) to 0.300 (7.6 mm)
|
Dot height
|
0.025 (0.6 mm) to 0.037 (0.9 mm)
|
Distance between corresponding dotsfrom one cell directly below1
|
0.395 (10 mm) to 0.400 (10.2 mm)
|
Measured center to center.
|
![Six Braille cells are shown indicating what is meant by](./adagov_files/final_clip_image002_0000.jpg)
|
Figure 703.3.1 Braille Measurement
|
703.3.2
Position. Braille shall be positioned below the corresponding text. If
text is multi-lined, braille shall be placed below the entire text.
Braille shall be separated 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from any other
tactile characters and 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from raised borders
and decorative elements.
EXCEPTION: Braille provided on elevator
car controls shall be separated 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) minimum and shall be
located either directly below or adjacent to the corresponding raised
characters or symbols.
|
Figure 703.3.2 Position of Braille
|
703.4 Installation Height and Location. Signs with tactile characters shall comply with 703.4.
703.4.1 Height Above Finish Floor or
Ground. Tactile characters on signs shall be located 48 inches (1220
mm) minimum above the finish floor or
ground surface, measured from the baseline of the lowest tactile
character and 60 inches (1525 mm) maximum above the finish floor or
ground surface, measured from the baseline of the highest tactile
character.
EXCEPTION: Tactile characters for elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 703.4.1.
|
Figure 703.4.1 Height of Tactile Characters Above Finish Floor or Ground
|
703.4.2 Location. Where a tactile sign is
provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the door at the
latch side. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one
active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leaf. Where a
tactile sign is provided at double doors with two active leafs, the
sign shall be located to the right of the right hand door. Where there
is no wall space at the latch side of a single door or at the right
side of double doors, signs shall be
located on the nearest adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile
characters shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches
(455 mm) minimum by 18 inches (455 mm) minimum, centered on the tactile
characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position.
EXCEPTION: Signs with tactile characters
shall be permitted on the push side of doors with closers and without
hold-open devices.
|
Figure 703.4.2 Location of Tactile Signs at Doors
|
703.5 Visual Characters. Visual characters shall comply with 703.5.
EXCEPTION: Where visual characters comply
with 703.2 and are accompanied by braille complying with 703.3, they
shall not be required to comply with 703.5.2 through 703.5.9.
703.5.1 Finish and Contrast. Characters and
their background shall have a non-glare finish. Characters shall
contrast with their background with either light characters on a dark
background or dark characters on a light background.
Advisory 703.5.1 Finish and Contrast. Signs
are more legible for persons with low vision when characters contrast
as much as possible with their background. Additional factors affecting
the ease with which the text can be distinguished from its background
include shadows cast by lighting sources, surface glare, and the
uniformity of the text and its background colors and textures.
703.5.2 Case. Characters shall be uppercase or lowercase or a combination of both.
703.5.3 Style. Characters shall be
conventional in form. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script,
highly decorative, or of other unusual forms.
703.5.4 Character Proportions. Characters
shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter
"O" is 55 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the
uppercase letter "I".
703.5.5 Character Height. Minimum character
height shall comply with Table 703.5.5. Viewing distance shall be
measured as the horizontal distance between the character and an
obstruction preventing further approach towards the sign. Character
height shall be based on the uppercase letter "I".
Table 703.5.5 Visual Character Height (text
version)
Height to Finish Floor or Ground From
Baseline of Character
|
Horizontal Viewing Distance
|
Minimum Character Height
|
40 inches (1015 mm) to less
than or equal to 70 inches
(1780 mm)
|
less than 72 inches (1830 mm)
|
5/8 inch (16 mm)
|
72 inches (1830 mm) and greater
|
5/8 inch (16 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 72 inches (1830 mm)
|
Greater than 70 inches (1780 mm) to less than or equal to 120 inches (3050 mm)
|
less than 180 inches (4570 mm)
|
2 inches (51 mm)
|
180 inches (4570 mm) and greater
|
2 inches (51 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 180 inches (4570 mm)
|
greater than 120 inches
(3050 mm)
|
less than 21 feet (6400 mm)
|
3 inches (75 mm)
|
21 feet (6400 mm) and greater
|
3 inches (75 mm), plus 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) per foot (305 mm) of viewing distance above 21 feet (6400 mm)
|
703.5.6 Height From Finish Floor or Ground. Visual characters shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum above the finish
floor or ground.
EXCEPTION: Visual characters indicating elevator car controls shall not be required to comply with 703.5.6.
703.5.7 Stroke Thickness. Stroke thickness
of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 10 percent minimum and 30 percent
maximum of the height of the character.
703.5.8 Character Spacing. Character
spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent
characters, excluding word spaces. Spacing between individual
characters shall be 10 percent minimum and 35 percent maximum of
character height.
703.5.9 Line Spacing. Spacing between the
baselines of separate lines of characters within a message shall be 135
percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the character height.
703.6 Pictograms. Pictograms shall comply with 703.6.
703.6.1 Pictogram Field. Pictograms shall
have a field height of 6 inches (150 mm) minimum. Characters and
braille shall not be located in the pictogram field.
|
Figure 703.6.1 Pictogram Field
|
703.6.2 Finish and Contrast. Pictograms and
their field shall have a non-glare finish. Pictograms shall contrast
with their field with either a light pictogram on a dark field or a
dark pictogram on a light field.
Advisory 703.6.2 Finish and Contrast. Signs
are more legible for persons with low vision when characters contrast
as much as possible with their background. Additional factors affecting
the ease with which the text can be distinguished from its background
include shadows cast by lighting sources, surface glare, and the
uniformity of the text and background colors and textures.
703.6.3 Text Descriptors. Pictograms shall
have text descriptors located directly below the pictogram field. Text
descriptors shall comply with 703.2, 703.3 and 703.4.
703.7 Symbols of Accessibility. Symbols of accessibility shall comply with 703.7.
703.7.1 Finish and Contrast. Symbols of
accessibility and their background shall have a non-glare finish.
Symbols of accessibility shall contrast with their background with
either a light symbol on a dark background or a dark symbol on a light
background.
Advisory 703.7.1 Finish and Contrast. Signs
are more legible for persons with low vision when characters contrast
as much as possible with their background. Additional factors affecting
the ease with which the text can be distinguished from its background
include shadows cast by lighting sources, surface glare, and the
uniformity of the text and background colors and textures.
703.7.2 Symbols.
703.7.2.1 International Symbol of
Accessibility. The International Symbol of Accessibility shall comply
with Figure 703.7.2.1.
|
Figure 703.7.2.1 International Symbol of Accessibility
|
703.7.2.2 International Symbol of TTY. The International Symbol of TTY shall comply with Figure 703.7.2.2.
|
Figure 703.7.2.2 International Symbol of TTY
|
703.7.2.3 Volume Control Telephones. Telephones
with a volume control shall be identified by a pictogram of a telephone
handset with radiating sound waves on a square field such as shown in
Figure 703.7.2.3.
|
Figure 703.7.2.3 Volume Control Telephone
|
703.7.2.4 Assistive
Listening Systems. Assistive listening systems shall be identified by
the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss complying with
Figure 703.7.2.4.
|
Figure 703.7.2.4 International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss
|
704 Telephones
704.1 General. Public telephones shall comply with 704.
704.2 Wheelchair Accessible Telephones. Wheelchair accessible telephones shall comply with 704.2.
704.2.1 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305
shall be provided. The clear floor or ground space shall not be
obstructed by bases, enclosures, or seats.
Advisory 704.2.1 Clear Floor or Ground
Space. Because clear floor and ground space is required to be
unobstructed, telephones, enclosures and related telephone book storage
cannot encroach on the required clear floor or ground space and must
comply with the provisions for protruding objects. (See Section 307).
704.2.1.1 Parallel Approach. Where a
parallel approach is provided, the distance from the edge of the
telephone enclosure to the face of the telephone unit shall be 10
inches (255 mm) maximum.
|
Figure 704.2.1.1 Parallel Approach to Telephone
|
704.2.1.2 Forward Approach. Where a forward approach is provided, the distance from the front edge of a counter within the telephone enclosure to the face of the telephone unit shall be 20 inches (510 mm) maximum.
|
Figure 704.2.1.2 Forward Approach to Telephone
|
704.2.2 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309. Telephones shall have push-button controls where such service is available.
704.2.3 Telephone Directories. Telephone directories, where provided, shall be located in accordance with 309.
704.2.4 Cord Length. The cord from the telephone to the handset shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long minimum.
704.3 Volume Control Telephones. Public
telephones required to have volume controls shall be equipped with a
receive volume control that provides a gain adjustable up to 20 dB
minimum. For incremental volume control, provide at least one
intermediate step of 12 dB of gain minimum. An automatic reset shall be
provided.
Advisory 704.3 Volume Control Telephones. Amplifiers on pay phones are located in the base or the handset or are
built into the telephone. Most are operated by pressing a button or
key. If the microphone in the handset is not being used, a mute button
that temporarily turns off the microphone can also reduce the amount of
background noise which the person hears in the earpiece. If a volume
adjustment is provided that allows the user to set the level anywhere
from the base volume to the upper requirement of 20 dB, there is no
need to specify a lower limit. If a stepped volume control is provided,
one of the intermediate levels must provide 12 dB of gain. Consider
compatibility issues when matching an amplified handset with a phone or
phone system. Amplified handsets that can be switched with pay
telephone handsets are available. Portable and in-line amplifiers can
be used with some phones but are not practical at most public phones
covered by these requirements.
704.4 TTYs. TTYs required at a public pay telephone shall be permanently affixed
within, or adjacent to, the telephone enclosure. Where an acoustic
coupler is used, the telephone cord shall be sufficiently long to allow
connection of the TTY and the telephone receiver.
Advisory 704.4 TTYs. Ensure that sufficient electrical service is available where TTYs are to be installed.
704.4.1 Height. When in use, the touch surface of TTY keypads shall be 34 inches (865 mm) minimum above the finish floor.
EXCEPTION: Where seats are provided, TTYs shall not be required to comply with 704.4.1.
Advisory 704.4.1 Height. A telephone with a
TTY installed underneath cannot also be a wheelchair accessible
telephone because the required 34 inches (865 mm) minimum keypad height
can causes the highest operable part of the telephone, usually the coin
slot, to exceed the maximum permitted side and forward reach ranges.
(See Section 308).
Advisory 704.4.1 Height Exception. While
seats are not required at TTYs, reading and typing at a TTY is more
suited to sitting than standing. Facilities that often provide seats at
TTY's include, but are not limited to, airports and other passenger
terminals or stations, courts, art galleries, and convention centers.
704.5 TTY Shelf. Public pay telephones
required to accommodate portable TTYs shall be equipped with a shelf
and an electrical outlet within or adjacent to the telephone enclosure.
The telephone handset shall be capable of being placed flush on the
surface of the shelf. The shelf shall be capable of accommodating a TTY
and shall have 6 inches (150 mm) minimum vertical clearance above the
area where the TTY is to be placed.
705 Detectable Warnings
705.1 General. Detectable warnings shall consist of a surface of truncated domes and shall comply with 705.
705.1.1 Dome Size. Truncated domes in a
detectable warning surface shall have a base diameter of 0.9 inch (23
mm) minimum and 1.4 inches (36 mm) maximum, a top diameter of 50
percent of the base diameter minimum to 65 percent of the base diameter
maximum, and a height of 0.2 inch (5.1 mm).
705.1.2 Dome Spacing. Truncated domes in a
detectable warning surface shall have a center-to-center spacing of 1.6
inches (41 mm) minimum and 2.4 inches (61 mm) maximum, and a
base-to-base spacing of 0.65 inch (17 mm) minimum, measured between the
most adjacent domes on a square grid.
705.1.3 Contrast. Detectable warning surfaces shall contrast visually with adjacent walking surfaces either light-on-dark, or dark-on-light.
|
Figure 705.1 Size and Spacing of Truncated Domes
|
705.2 Platform Edges. Detectable warning surfaces at platform boarding edges shall be 24 inches (610 mm) wide and shall extend the full length of the public use areas of the platform.
706 Assistive Listening Systems
706.1 General. Assistive listening systems required in assembly areas shall comply with 706.
Advisory 706.1 General. Assistive listening systems are generally
categorized by their mode of transmission. There are hard-wired systems
and three types of wireless systems: induction loop, infrared, and FM
radio transmission. Each has different advantages and disadvantages
that can help determine which system is best for a given application.
For example, an FM system may be better than an infrared system in some
open-air assemblies since infrared signals are less effective in
sunlight. On the other hand, an infrared system is typically a better
choice than an FM system where confidential transmission is important
because it will be contained within a given space.
The technical standards for assistive
listening systems describe minimum performance levels for volume,
interference, and distortion. Sound pressure levels (SPL), expressed in
decibels, measure output sound volume. Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR or
S/N), also expressed in decibels, represents the relationship between
the loudness of a desired sound (the signal) and the background noise
in a space or piece of equipment. The higher the SNR, the more
intelligible the signal. The peak clipping level limits the distortion
in signal output produced when high-volume sound waves are manipulated
to serve assistive listening devices.
Selecting or specifying an effective
assistive listening system for a large or complex venue requires
assistance from a professional sound engineer. The Access Board has
published technical assistance on assistive listening devices and
systems.
706.2 Receiver Jacks. Receivers required
for use with an assistive listening system shall include a 1/8 inch
(3.2 mm) standard mono jack.
706.3 Receiver Hearing-Aid Compatibility. Receivers required to be hearing-aid compatible shall interface with
telecoils in hearing aids through the provision of neckloops.
Advisory 706.3 Receiver Hearing-Aid
Compatibility. Neckloops and headsets that can be worn as neckloops are
compatible with hearing aids. Receivers that are not compatible include
earbuds, which may require removal of hearing aids, earphones, and
headsets that must be worn over the ear, which can create disruptive
interference in the transmission and can be uncomfortable for people
wearing hearing aids.
706.4 Sound Pressure Level. Assistive
listening systems shall be capable of providing a sound pressure level
of 110 dB minimum and 118 dB maximum with a dynamic range on the volume
control of 50 dB.
706.5 Signal-to-Noise Ratio. The
signal-to-noise ratio for internally generated noise in assistive
listening systems shall be 18 dB minimum.
706.6 Peak Clipping Level. Peak clipping shall not exceed 18 dB of clipping relative to the peaks of speech.
707 Automatic Teller Machines and Fare Machines
Advisory 707 Automatic Teller Machines and
Fare Machines. Interactive transaction machines (ITMs), other than
ATMs, are not covered by Section 707. However, for entities covered by
the ADA, the Department of Justice regulations that implement the ADA
provide additional guidance regarding the relationship between these
requirements and elements that are not directly addressed by these
requirements. Federal procurement law requires that ITMs purchased by
the Federal government comply with standards issued by the Access Board
under Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended. This
law covers a variety of products, including computer hardware and
software, websites, phone systems, fax machines, copiers, and similar
technologies. For more information on Section 508 consult the Access
Board's website at www.access-board.gov.
707.1 General. Automatic teller machines and fare machines shall comply with 707.
Advisory 707.1 General. If farecards have
one tactually distinctive corner they can be inserted with greater
accuracy. Token collection devices that are designed to accommodate
tokens which are perforated can allow a person to distinguish more
readily between tokens and common coins. Place accessible gates and
fare vending machines in close proximity to other accessible elements
when feasible so the facility is easier to use.
707.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided.
EXCEPTION: Clear floor or ground space shall not be required at drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines.
707.3 Operable
Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309. Unless a clear or correct
key is provided, each operable part shall be able to be differentiated
by sound or touch, without activation.
EXCEPTION: Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be required to comply with 309.2 and 309.3.
707.4 Privacy. Automatic teller machines
shall provide the opportunity for the same degree of privacy of input
and output available to all individuals.
Advisory 707.4 Privacy. In addition to
people who are blind or visually impaired, people with limited reach
who use wheelchairs or have short stature, who cannot effectively block
the ATM screen with their bodies, may prefer to use speech output.
Speech output users can benefit from an option to render the visible
screen blank, thereby affording them greater personal security and
privacy.
707.5 Speech Output. Machines shall be
speech enabled. Operating instructions and orientation, visible
transaction prompts, user input verification, error messages, and all
displayed information for full use shall be accessible to and
independently usable by individuals with vision impairments. Speech
shall be delivered through a mechanism that is readily available to all
users, including but not limited to, an industry standard connector or
a telephone handset. Speech shall be recorded or digitized human, or
synthesized.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Audible tones shall be
permitted instead of speech for visible output that is not displayed
for security purposes, including but not limited to, asterisks
representing personal identification numbers.
2. Advertisements and other similar
information shall not be required to be audible unless they convey
information that can be used in the transaction being conducted.
3. Where speech synthesis cannot be supported, dynamic alphabetic output shall not be required to be audible.
Advisory 707.5 Speech Output. If an ATM
provides additional functions such as dispensing coupons, selling
theater tickets, or providing copies of monthly statements, all such
functions must be available to customers using speech output. To avoid
confusion at the ATM, the method of initiating the speech mode should
be easily discoverable and should not require specialized training. For
example, if a telephone handset is provided, lifting the handset can
initiate the speech mode.
707.5.1 User Control. Speech shall be
capable of being repeated or interrupted. Volume control shall be
provided for the speech function.
EXCEPTION: Speech output for any single
function shall be permitted to be automatically interrupted when a
transaction is selected.
707.5.2 Receipts. Where receipts are
provided, speech output devices shall provide audible balance inquiry
information, error messages, and all other information on the printed
receipt necessary to complete or verify the transaction.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Machine location, date and
time of transaction, customer account number, and the machine
identifier shall not be required to be audible.
2. Information on printed receipts that
duplicates information available on-screen shall not be required to be
presented in the form of an audible receipt.
3. Printed copies of bank statements and checks shall not be required to be audible.
707.6 Input. Input devices shall comply with 707.6.
707.6.1 Input Controls. At least one
tactilely discernible input control shall be provided for each
function. Where provided, key surfaces not on active areas of display
screens, shall be raised above surrounding surfaces. Where membrane
keys are the only method of input, each shall be tactilely discernable
from surrounding surfaces and adjacent keys.
707.6.2 Numeric Keys. Numeric keys shall be
arranged in a 12-key ascending or descending telephone keypad layout.
The number five key shall be tactilely distinct from the other keys.
Advisory 707.6.2 Numeric Keys. Telephone
keypads and computer keyboards differ in one significant feature,
ascending versus descending numerical order. Both types of keypads are
acceptable, provided the computer-style keypad is organized similarly
to the number pad located at the right on most computer keyboards, and
does not resemble the line of numbers located above the computer keys.
|
Figure 707.6.2 Numeric Key Layout
|
707.6.3 Function Keys. Function keys shall comply with 707.6.3.
707.6.3.1 Contrast. Function keys shall
contrast visually from background surfaces. Characters and symbols on
key surfaces shall contrast visually from key surfaces. Visual contrast
shall be either light-on-dark or dark-on-light.
EXCEPTION: Tactile symbols required by 707.6.3.2 shall not be required to comply with 707.6.3.1.
707.6.3.2 Tactile Symbols. Function key
surfaces shall have tactile symbols as follows: Enter or Proceed key:
raised circle; Clear or Correct key: raised left arrow; Cancel key:
raised letter ex; Add Value key: raised plus sign; Decrease Value key:
raised minus sign.
707.7 Display Screen. The display screen shall comply with 707.7.
EXCEPTION: Drive-up only automatic teller machines and fare machines shall not be required to comply with 707.7.1.
707.7.1 Visibility. The display screen
shall be visible from a point located 40 inches (1015 mm) above the
center of the clear floor space in front of the machine.
707.7.2 Characters. Characters displayed on
the screen shall be in a sans serif font. Characters shall be 3/16 inch
(4.8 mm) high minimum based on the uppercase letter "I". Characters
shall contrast with their background with either light characters on a
dark background or dark characters on a light background.
707.8 Braille Instructions. Braille
instructions for initiating the speech mode shall be provided. Braille
shall comply with 703.3.
708 Two-Way Communication Systems
708.1 General. Two-way communication systems shall comply with 708.
Advisory 708.1 General. Devices that do not require handsets are easier to use by people who have a limited reach.
708.2 Audible and Visual Indicators. The system shall provide both audible and visual signals.
Advisory 708.2 Audible and Visual
Indicators. A light can be used to indicate visually that assistance is
on the way. Signs indicating the meaning of visual signals should be
provided.
708.3 Handsets. Handset cords, if provided, shall be 29 inches (735 mm) long minimum.
708.4 Residential
Dwelling Unit Communication Systems. Communications systems between a
residential dwelling unit and a site, building, or floor entrance shall comply with 708.4.
708.4.1 Common Use or Public
Use System Interface. The common use or public use system interface
shall include the capability of supporting voice and TTY communication with the residential dwelling unit interface.
708.4.2 Residential Dwelling Unit
Interface. The residential dwelling unit system interface shall include
a telephone jack capable of supporting voice and TTY communication with
the common use or public use system interface.
CHAPTER 8: SPECIAL ROOMS, SPACES AND ELEMENTS
801 General
801.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 8
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
Advisory 801.1 Scope. Facilities covered by
these requirements are also subject to the requirements of the other
chapters. For example, 806 addresses guest rooms in transient lodging
facilities while 902 contains the technical specifications for dining
surfaces. If a transient lodging facility contains a restaurant, the
restaurant must comply with requirements in other chapters such as
those applicable to certain dining surfaces.
802 Wheelchair Spaces, Companion Seats, and Designated Aisle Seats
802.1 Wheelchair Spaces. Wheelchair spaces shall comply with 802.1.
802.1.1 Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall comply with 302. Changes in level are not permitted.
EXCEPTION: Slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be permitted.
802.1.2 Width. A single wheelchair space
shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum Where two adjacent wheelchair
spaces are provided, each wheelchair space shall be 33 inches (840 mm)
wide minimum.
|
Figure 802.1.2 Width of Wheelchair Spaces in Assembly Areas
|
802.1.3 Depth. Where a wheelchair space can
be entered from the front or rear, the wheelchair space shall be 48
inches (1220 mm) deep minimum. Where a wheelchair space can be entered
only from the side, the wheelchair space shall be 60 inches (1525 mm)
deep minimum.
|
Figure 802.1.3 Depth of Wheelchair Spaces in Assembly Areas
|
802.1.4 Approach. Wheelchair spaces shall adjoin accessible routes. Accessible routes shall not overlap wheelchair spaces.
Advisory 802.1.4 Approach. Because
accessible routes serving wheelchair spaces are not permitted to
overlap the clear floor space at wheelchair spaces, access to any
wheelchair space cannot be through another wheelchair space.
802.1.5 Overlap. Wheelchair spaces shall not overlap circulation paths.
Advisory 802.1.5 Overlap. The term
"circulation paths" used in Section 802.1.5 means aisle width required
by applicable building or life safety codes for the specific assembly
occupancy. Where the circulation path provided is wider than the
required aisle width, the wheelchair space may intrude into that
portion of the circulation path that is provided in excess of the
required aisle width.
802.2 Lines of
Sight. Lines of sight to the screen, performance area, or playing field
for spectators in wheelchair spaces shall comply with 802.2.
802.2.1 Lines of Sight Over Seated
Spectators. Where spectators are expected to remain seated during
events, spectators in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of
sight complying with 802.2.1.
802.2.1.1 Lines of Sight Over Heads. Where
spectators are provided lines of sight over the heads of spectators
seated in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in
wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the heads of
seated spectators in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces.
|
Figure 802.2.1.1 Lines of Sight Over the Heads of Seated Spectators
|
802.2.1.2 Lines
of Sight Between Heads. Where spectators are provided lines of sight
over the shoulders and between the heads of spectators seated in the
first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in wheelchair
spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the shoulders and between
the heads of seated spectators in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces.
|
Figure 802.2.1.2 Lines of Sight Between the Heads of Seated Spectators
|
802.2.2 Lines of Sight Over Standing
Spectators. Where spectators are expected to stand during events,
spectators in wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight
complying with 802.2.2.
802.2.2.1 Lines of Sight Over Heads. Where
standing spectators are provided lines of sight over the heads of
spectators standing in the first row in front of their seats,
spectators seated in wheelchair spaces
shall be afforded lines of sight over the heads of standing spectators
in the first row in front of wheelchair spaces.
|
Figure 802.2.2.1 Lines of Sight Over the Heads of Standing Spectators
|
802.2.2.2 Lines
of Sight Between Heads. Where standing spectators are provided lines of
sight over the shoulders and between the heads of spectators standing
in the first row in front of their seats, spectators seated in
wheelchair spaces shall be afforded lines of sight over the shoulders
and between the heads of standing spectators in the first row in front
of wheelchair spaces.
|
Figure 802.2.2.2 Lines of Sight Between the Heads of Standing Spectators
|
802.3 Companion Seats. Companion seats shall comply with 802.3.
802.3.1 Alignment. In row seating, companion seats shall be located to provide shoulder alignment with adjacent wheelchair
spaces. The shoulder alignment point of the wheelchair space shall be
measured 36 inches (915 mm) from the front of the wheelchair space. The
floor surface of the companion seat shall be at the same elevation as
the floor surface of the wheelchair space.
802.3.2 Type. Companion seats shall be
equivalent in size, quality, comfort, and amenities to the seating in
the immediate area. Companion seats shall be permitted to be movable.
802.4 Designated Aisle Seats. Designated aisle seats shall comply with 802.4.
802.4.1 Armrests. Where armrests are
provided on the seating in the immediate area, folding or retractable
armrests shall be provided on the aisle side of the seat.
802.4.2 Identification. Each designated aisle seat shall be identified by a sign or marker.
Advisory 802.4.2 Identification. Seats with
folding or retractable armrests are intended for use by individuals who
have difficulty walking. Consider identifying such seats with signs
that contrast (light-on-dark or dark-on-light) and that are also photo
luminescent.
803 Dressing, Fitting, and Locker Rooms
803.1 General. Dressing, fitting, and locker rooms shall comply with 803.
Advisory 803.1 General. Partitions and
doors should be designed to ensure people using accessible dressing and
fitting rooms privacy equivalent to that afforded other users of the
facility. Section 903.5 requires dressing room bench seats to be
installed so that they are at the same height as a typical wheelchair
seat, 17 inches (430 mm) to 19 inches (485 mm). However, wheelchair
seats can be lower than dressing room benches for people of short
stature or children using wheelchairs.
803.2 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room.
803.3 Door Swing. Doors shall not swing into the room unless a clear floor or ground space complying with 305.3 is provided beyond the arc of the door swing.
803.4 Benches. A bench complying with 903 shall be provided within the room.
803.5 Coat Hooks and Shelves. Coat hooks provided within the room shall be located within one of the reach
ranges specified in 308. Shelves shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum
and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
804 Kitchens and Kitchenettes
804.1 General. Kitchens and kitchenettes shall comply with 804.
804.2 Clearance. Where a pass through kitchen is provided, clearances shall comply with 804.2.1. Where a U-shaped kitchen is provided, clearances shall comply with 804.2.2.
EXCEPTION: Spaces that do not provide a cooktop or conventional range shall not be required to comply with 804.2.
Advisory 804.2 Clearance. Clearances are
measured from the furthest projecting face of all opposing base
cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls, excluding hardware.
804.2.1 Pass Through Kitchen. In pass through kitchens where counters,
appliances or cabinets are on two opposing sides, or where counters,
appliances or cabinets are opposite a parallel wall, clearance between
all opposing base cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls within
kitchen work areas shall be 40 inches (1015 mm) minimum. Pass through
kitchens shall have two entries.
|
Figure 804.2.1 Pass Through Kitchens
|
804.2.2 U-Shaped. In U-shaped kitchens
enclosed on three contiguous sides, clearance between all opposing base
cabinets, counter tops, appliances, or walls within kitchen work areas
shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.
|
Figure 804.2.2 U-Shaped Kitchens
|
804.3 Kitchen Work Surface. In residential dwelling units required to comply with 809, at least one 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum section of counter shall provide a kitchen work surface that complies with 804.3.
804.3.1 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305
positioned for a forward approach shall be provided. The clear floor or
ground space shall be centered on the kitchen work surface and shall
provide knee and toe clearance complying with 306.
EXCEPTION: Cabinetry shall be permitted under the kitchen work surface provided that all of the following conditions are met:
(a) the cabinetry can be removed without removal or replacement of the kitchen work surface;
(b) the finish floor extends under the cabinetry; and
(c) the walls behind and surrounding the cabinetry are finished.
804.3.2 Height. The kitchen work surface shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
EXCEPTION: A counter that is adjustable to
provide a kitchen work surface at variable heights, 29 inches (735 mm)
minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum, shall be permitted.
804.3.3 Exposed Surfaces. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under the work surface counters.
804.4 Sinks. Sinks shall comply with 606.
804.5 Storage. At least 50 percent of shelf space in storage facilities shall comply with 811.
804.6 Appliances. Where provided, kitchen appliances shall comply with 804.6.
804.6.1 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305
shall be provided at each kitchen appliance. Clear floor or ground
spaces shall be permitted to overlap.
804.6.2 Operable Parts. All appliance controls shall comply with 309.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Appliance doors and door latching devices shall not be required to comply with 309.4.
2. Bottom-hinged appliance doors, when in the open position, shall not be required to comply with 309.3.
804.6.3 Dishwasher. Clear floor or ground
space shall be positioned adjacent to the dishwasher door. The
dishwasher door, in the open position, shall not obstruct the clear
floor or ground space for the dishwasher or the sink.
804.6.4 Range or Cooktop. Where a forward approach is provided, the clear floor or ground space shall provide knee
and toe clearance complying with 306. Where knee and toe space is
provided, the underside of the range or cooktop shall be insulated or
otherwise configured to prevent burns, abrasions, or electrical shock.
The location of controls shall not require reaching across burners.
804.6.5 Oven. Ovens shall comply with 804.6.5.
804.6.5.1 Side-Hinged Door Ovens. Side-hinged door ovens shall have the work surface required by 804.3 positioned adjacent to the latch side of the oven door.
804.6.5.2 Bottom-Hinged Door Ovens. Bottom-hinged door ovens shall have the work surface required by 804.3 positioned adjacent to one side of the door.
804.6.5.3 Controls. Ovens shall have controls on front panels.
804.6.6 Refrigerator/Freezer. Combination
refrigerators and freezers shall have at least 50 percent of the
freezer space 54 inches (1370 mm) maximum above the finish floor or
ground. The clear floor or ground space shall be positioned for a
parallel approach to the space dedicated to a refrigerator/freezer with
the centerline of the clear floor or ground space offset 24 inches (610
mm) maximum from the centerline of the dedicated space.
805 Medical Care and Long-Term Care Facilities
805.1 General. Medical care facility and
long-term care facility patient or resident sleeping rooms required to
provide mobility features shall comply with 805.
805.2 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the room.
805.3 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305 shall be
provided on each side of the bed. The clear floor space shall be
positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed.
805.4 Toilet and Bathing
Rooms. Toilet and bathing rooms that are provided as part of a patient
or resident sleeping room shall comply with 603. Where provided, no
fewer than one water closet, one lavatory, and one bathtub or shower shall comply with the applicable requirements of 603 through 610.
806 Transient Lodging Guest Rooms
806.1 General. Transient lodging guest
rooms shall comply with 806. Guest rooms required to provide mobility
features shall comply with 806.2. Guest rooms required to provide
communication features shall comply with 806.3.
806.2 Guest Rooms with Mobility Features. Guest rooms required to provide mobility features shall comply with 806.2.
Advisory 806.2 Guest Rooms. The
requirements in Section 806.2 do not include requirements that are
common to all accessible spaces. For example, closets in guest rooms
must comply with the applicable provisions for storage specified in
scoping.
806.2.1 Living and Dining Areas. Living and dining areas shall be accessible.
806.2.2 Exterior Spaces. Exterior spaces,
including patios, terraces and balconies, that serve the guest room
shall be accessible.
806.2.3 Sleeping Areas. At least one
sleeping area shall provide a clear floor space complying with 305 on
both sides of a bed. The clear floor space shall be positioned for
parallel approach to the side of the bed.
EXCEPTION: Where a single clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for parallel approach is provided between two beds, a clear floor or ground space shall not be required on both sides of a bed.
806.2.4 Toilet and Bathing Facilities. At
least one bathroom that is provided as part of a guest room shall
comply with 603. No fewer than one water closet, one lavatory, and one
bathtub or shower shall comply with applicable requirements of 603
through 610. In addition, required roll-in shower
compartments shall comply with 608.2.2 or 608.2.3. Toilet and bathing
fixtures required to comply with 603 through 610 shall be permitted to
be located in more than one toilet or bathing area, provided that
travel between fixtures does not require travel between other parts of
the guest room.
806.2.4.1 Vanity Counter Top Space. If
vanity counter top space is provided in non-accessible guest toilet or
bathing rooms, comparable vanity counter top space, in terms of size
and proximity to the lavatory, shall also be provided in accessible
guest toilet or bathing rooms.
Advisory 806.2.4.1 Vanity Counter Top
Space. This provision is intended to ensure that accessible guest rooms
are provided with comparable vanity counter top space.
806.2.5 Kitchens and Kitchenettes. Kitchens and kitchenettes shall comply with 804.
806.2.6 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the guest room.
806.3 Guest Rooms with Communication Features. Guest rooms required to provide communication features shall comply with 806.3.
Advisory 806.3 Guest Rooms with
Communication Features. In guest rooms required to have accessible
communication features, consider ensuring compatibility with adaptive
equipment used by people with hearing impairments. To ensure
communication within the facility, as well as on commercial lines,
provide telephone interface jacks that are compatible with both digital
and analog signal use. If an audio headphone jack is provided on a
speaker phone, a cutoff switch can be included in the jack so that
insertion of the jack cuts off the speaker. If a telephone-like handset
is used, the external speakers can be turned off when the handset is
removed from the cradle. For headset or external amplification system
compatibility, a standard subminiature jack installed in the telephone
will provide the most flexibility.
806.3.1 Alarms. Where emergency warning systems are provided, alarms complying with 702 shall be provided.
806.3.2 Notification Devices. Visible notification devices shall be
provided to alert room occupants of incoming telephone calls and a door
knock or bell. Notification devices shall not be connected to visible
alarm signal appliances. Telephones
shall have volume controls compatible with the telephone system and
shall comply with 704.3. Telephones shall be served by an electrical
outlet complying with 309 located within 48 inches (1220 mm) of the
telephone to facilitate the use of a TTY.
807 Holding Cells and Housing Cells
807.1 General. Holding cells and housing cells shall comply with 807.
807.2 Cells with Mobility Features. Cells required to provide mobility features shall comply with 807.2.
807.2.1 Turning Space. Turning space complying with 304 shall be provided within the cell.
807.2.2 Benches. Where benches are provided, at least one bench shall comply with 903.
807.2.3 Beds. Where beds are provided, clear floor space complying with 305 shall be
provided on at least one side of the bed. The clear floor space shall
be positioned for parallel approach to the side of the bed.
807.2.4 Toilet and Bathing Facilities. Toilet
facilities or bathing facilities that are provided as part of a cell
shall comply with 603. Where provided, no fewer than one water closet,
one lavatory, and one bathtub or shower shall comply with the applicable requirements of 603 through 610.
Advisory 807.2.4 Toilet and Bathing
Facilities. In holding cells, housing cells, or rooms required to be
accessible, these requirements do not require a separate toilet room.
807.3 Cells with Communication Features. Cells required to provide communication features shall comply with 807.3.
807.3.1 Alarms. Where audible emergency
alarm systems are provided to serve the occupants of cells, visible
alarms complying with 702 shall be provided.
EXCEPTION: Visible alarms shall not be required where inmates or detainees are not allowed independent means of egress.
807.3.2 Telephones. Telephones, where provided within cells, shall have volume controls complying with 704.3.
808 Courtrooms
808.1 General. Courtrooms shall comply with 808.
808.2 Turning Space. Where provided, areas that are raised or depressed and accessed by ramps or platform lifts with entry ramps shall provide unobstructed turning space complying with 304.
808.3 Clear Floor Space. Each jury box and
witness stand shall have, within its defined area, clear floor space
complying with 305.
EXCEPTION: In alterations,
wheelchair spaces are not required to be located within the defined
area of raised jury boxes or witness stands and shall be permitted to
be located outside these spaces where ramp or platform lift access
poses a hazard by restricting or projecting into a means of egress required by the appropriate administrative authority.
808.4 Judges' Benches and Courtroom
Stations. Judges' benches, clerks' stations, bailiffs' stations, deputy
clerks' stations, court reporters' stations and litigants' and counsel
stations shall comply with 902.
809 Residential Dwelling Units
809.1 General. Residential dwelling units
shall comply with 809. Residential dwelling units required to provide
mobility features shall comply with 809.2 through 809.4. Residential
dwelling units required to provide communication features shall comply
with 809.5.
809.2 Accessible
Routes. Accessible routes complying with Chapter 4 shall be provided
within residential dwelling units in accordance with 809.2.
EXCEPTION: Accessible routes shall not be required to or within unfinished attics or unfinished basements.
809.2.1 Location. At least one accessible
route shall connect all spaces and elements which are a part of the
residential dwelling unit. Where only one accessible route is provided,
it shall not pass through bathrooms, closets, or similar spaces.
809.2.2 Turning Space. All rooms served by an accessible route shall provide a turning space complying with 304.
EXCEPTION: Turning space shall not be required in exterior spaces 30 inches (760 mm) maximum in depth or width.
Advisory 809.2.2 Turning Space. It is
generally acceptable to use required clearances to provide wheelchair
turning space. For example, in kitchens, 804.3.1 requires at least one
work surface with clear floor space complying with 306 to be centered
beneath. If designers elect to provide clear floor space that is at
least 36 inches (915 mm) wide, as opposed to the required 30 inches
(760 mm) wide, that clearance can be part of a T-turn, thereby
maximizing efficient use of the kitchen area. However, the overlap of
turning space must be limited to one segment of the T-turn so that
back-up maneuvering is not restricted. It would, therefore, be
unacceptable to use both the clearances under the work surface and the
sink as part of a T-turn. See Section 304.3.2 regarding T-turns.
809.3 Kitchen. Where a kitchen is provided, it shall comply with 804.
809.4 Toilet
Facilities and Bathing Facilities. At least one bathroom shall comply
with 603. No fewer than one of each type of fixture provided shall
comply with applicable requirements of 603 through 610. Toilet and
bathing fixtures required to comply with 603 through 610 shall be
located in the same toilet and bathing area, such that travel between
fixtures does not require travel between other parts of the residential dwelling unit.
Advisory 809.4 Toilet Facilities and Bathing Facilities. In
an effort to promote space efficiency, vanity counter top space in
accessible residential dwelling units is often omitted. This omission
does not promote equal access or equal enjoyment of the unit. Where
comparable units have vanity counter tops, accessible units should also
have vanity counter tops located as close as possible to the lavatory
for convenient access to toiletries.
809.5 Residential Dwelling Units with
Communication Features. Residential dwelling units required to provide
communication features shall comply with 809.5.
809.5.1 Building Fire
Alarm System. Where a building fire alarm system is provided, the
system wiring shall be extended to a point within the residential
dwelling unit in the vicinity of the residential dwelling unit smoke
detection system.
809.5.1.1 Alarm Appliances. Where alarm
appliances are provided within a residential dwelling unit as part of
the building fire alarm system, they shall comply with 702.
809.5.1.2 Activation. All visible alarm
appliances provided within the residential dwelling unit for building
fire alarm notification shall be activated upon activation of the
building fire alarm in the portion of the building containing the
residential dwelling unit.
809.5.2 Residential Dwelling Unit Smoke Detection System. Residential dwelling unit smoke detection systems shall comply with NFPA 72 (1999 or 2002 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1).
809.5.2.1 Activation. All visible alarm
appliances provided within the residential dwelling unit for smoke
detection notification shall be activated upon smoke detection.
809.5.3 Interconnection. The same visible
alarm appliances shall be permitted to provide notification of
residential dwelling unit smoke detection and building fire alarm
activation.
809.5.4 Prohibited Use. Visible alarm
appliances used to indicate residential dwelling unit smoke detection
or building fire alarm activation shall not be used for any other
purpose within the residential dwelling unit.
809.5.5 Residential Dwelling Unit Primary Entrance. Communication features shall be provided at the residential dwelling unit primary entrance complying with 809.5.5.
809.5.5.1 Notification. A hard-wired
electric doorbell shall be provided. A button or switch shall be
provided outside the residential dwelling unit primary entrance.
Activation of the button or switch shall initiate an audible tone and
visible signal within the residential dwelling unit. Where visible
doorbell signals are located in sleeping areas, they shall have
controls to deactivate the signal.
809.5.5.2 Identification. A means for
visually identifying a visitor without opening the residential dwelling
unit entry door shall be provided and shall allow for a minimum 180
degree range of view.
Advisory 809.5.5.2 Identification. In
doors, peepholes that include prisms clarify the image and should offer
a wide-angle view of the hallway or exterior for both standing persons
and wheelchair users. Such peepholes can be placed at a standard height
and permit a view from several feet from the door.
809.5.6 Site, Building, or Floor Entrance. Where a system, including a closed-circuit system, permitting voice
communication between a visitor and the occupant of the residential
dwelling unit is provided, the system shall comply with 708.4.
810.1 General. Transportation facilities shall comply with 810.
810.2 Bus Boarding and Alighting Areas. Bus boarding and alighting areas shall comply with 810.2.
Advisory 810.2 Bus Boarding and Alighting
Areas. At bus stops where a shelter is provided, the bus stop pad can
be located either within or outside of the shelter.
810.2.1 Surface. Bus stop boarding and alighting areas shall have a firm, stable surface.
810.2.2 Dimensions. Bus
stop boarding and alighting areas shall provide a clear length of 96
inches (2440 mm) minimum, measured perpendicular to the curb or vehicle
roadway edge, and a clear width of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum,
measured parallel to the vehicle roadway.
|
Figure 810.2.2 Dimensions of Bus Boarding and Alighting Areas
|
810.2.3 Connection. Bus stop boarding and alighting areas shall be connected to streets, sidewalks, or pedestrian paths by an accessible route complying with 402.
810.2.4 Slope. Parallel to the roadway, the
slope of the bus stop boarding and alighting area shall be the same as
the roadway, to the maximum extent practicable. Perpendicular to the
roadway, the slope of the bus stop boarding and alighting area shall
not be steeper than1:48.
810.3 Bus Shelters. Bus shelters shall provide a minimum clear
floor or ground space complying with 305 entirely within the shelter.
Bus shelters shall be connected by an accessible route complying with
402 to a boarding and alighting area complying with 810.2.
|
Figure 810.3 Bus Shelters
|
810.4 Bus
Signs. Bus route identification signs shall comply with 703.5.1 through
703.5.4, and 703.5.7 and 703.5.8. In addition, to the maximum extent
practicable, bus route identification signs shall comply with 703.5.5.
EXCEPTION: Bus schedules, timetables and maps that are posted at the bus stop or bus bay shall not be required to comply.
810.5 Rail Platforms. Rail platforms shall comply with 810.5.
810.5.1 Slope. Rail platforms shall not exceed a slope of 1:48 in all directions.
EXCEPTION: Where platforms serve vehicles
operating on existing track or track laid in existing roadway, the
slope of the platform parallel to the track shall be permitted to be
equal to the slope (grade) of the roadway or existing track.
810.5.2 Detectable
Warnings. Platform boarding edges not protected by platform screens or
guards shall have detectable warnings complying with 705 along the full
length of the public use area of the platform.
810.5.3 Platform and Vehicle Floor
Coordination. Station platforms shall be positioned to coordinate with
vehicles in accordance with the applicable requirements of 36 CFR Part
1192. Low-level platforms shall be 8 inches (205 mm) minimum above top
of rail.
EXCEPTION: Where vehicles are boarded from
sidewalks or street-level, low-level platforms shall be permitted to be
less than 8 inches (205 mm).
Advisory 810.5.3 Platform and Vehicle Floor
Coordination. The height and position of a platform must be coordinated
with the floor of the vehicles it serves to minimize the vertical and
horizontal gaps, in accordance with the ADA Accessibility Guidelines
for Transportation Vehicles (36 CFR Part 1192). The vehicle guidelines,
divided by bus, van, light rail, rapid rail, commuter rail, intercity
rail, are available at www.access-board.gov.
The preferred alignment is a high platform, level with the vehicle
floor. In some cases, the vehicle guidelines permit use of a low
platform in conjunction with a lift or ramp. Most such low platforms
must have a minimum height of eight inches above the top of the rail.
Some vehicles are designed to be boarded from a street or the sidewalk
along the street and the exception permits such boarding areas to be
less than eight inches high.
810.6 Rail Station Signs. Rail station signs shall comply with 810.6.
EXCEPTION. Signs shall not be required to
comply with 810.6.1 and 810.6.2 where audible signs are remotely
transmitted to hand-held receivers, or are user- or proximity-actuated.
Advisory 810.6 Rail Station Signs
Exception. Emerging technologies such as an audible sign systems using
infrared transmitters and receivers may provide greater accessibility
in the transit environment than traditional Braille and raised letter
signs. The transmitters are placed on or next to print signs and
transmit their information to an infrared receiver that is held by a
person. By scanning an area, the person will hear the sign. This means
that signs can be placed well out of reach of Braille readers, even on
parapet walls and on walls beyond barriers. Additionally, such signs
can be used to provide wayfinding information that cannot be
efficiently conveyed on Braille signs.
810.6.1 Entrances. Where signs identify a station or its entrance, at least one sign at
each entrance shall comply with 703.2 and shall be placed in uniform
locations to the maximum extent practicable. Where signs identify a
station that has no defined entrance, at least one sign shall comply
with 703.2 and shall be placed in a central location.
810.6.2 Routes and Destinations. Lists of
stations, routes and destinations served by the station which are
located on boarding areas, platforms, or mezzanines
shall comply with 703.5. At least one tactile sign identifying the
specific station and complying with 703.2 shall be provided on each
platform or boarding area. Signs covered by this requirement shall, to
the maximum extent practicable, be placed in uniform locations within
the system.
EXCEPTION: Where sign space is limited, characters shall not be required to exceed 3 inches (75 mm).
Advisory 810.6.2 Routes and Destinations. Route maps are not required to comply with the informational sign
requirements in this document.
810.6.3 Station Names. Stations covered by
this section shall have identification signs complying with 703.5.
Signs shall be clearly visible and within the sight lines of standing
and sitting passengers from within the vehicle on both sides when not
obstructed by another vehicle.
Advisory 810.6.3 Station Names. It is also
important to place signs at intervals in the station where passengers
in the vehicle will be able to see a sign when the vehicle is either
stopped at the station or about to come to a stop in the station. The
number of signs necessary may be directly related to the size of the
lettering displayed on the sign.
810.7 Public
Address Systems. Where public address systems convey audible
information to the public, the same or equivalent information shall be
provided in a visual format.
810.8 Clocks. Where clocks are provided for use by the public, the clock face shall
be uncluttered so that its elements are clearly visible. Hands,
numerals and digits shall contrast with the background either
light-on-dark or dark-on-light. Where clocks are installed overhead,
numerals and digits shall comply with 703.5.
810.9 Escalators. Where provided, escalators shall comply with the sections 6.1.3.5.6 and 6.1.3.6.5 of ASME A17.1 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) and shall have a clear width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION: Existing escalators in key stations shall not be required to comply with 810.9.
810.10 Track Crossings. Where a circulation path serving boarding platforms crosses tracks, it shall comply with 402.
EXCEPTION: Openings for wheel flanges shall be permitted to be 2
1/2 inches (64 mm) maximum.
|
Figure 810.10 (Exception)
Track Crossings
|
811 Storage
811.1 General. Storage shall comply with 811.
811.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be provided.
811.3 Height. Storage elements shall comply with at least one of the reach ranges specified in 308.
811.4 Operable Parts. Operable parts shall comply with 309.
CHAPTER 9: BUILT-IN ELEMENTS
901 General
901.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 9
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
902 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces
902.1 General. Dining surfaces and work surfaces shall comply with 902.2 and 902.3.
EXCEPTION: Dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall be permitted to comply with 902.4.
Advisory 902.1 General. Dining surfaces
include, but are not limited to, bars, tables, lunch counters, and
booths. Examples of work surfaces include writing surfaces, study
carrels, student laboratory stations, baby changing and other tables or
fixtures for personal grooming, coupon counters, and where covered by
the ABA scoping provisions, employee work stations.
902.2 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for a forward approach shall be provided. Knee and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided.
902.3 Height. The tops of dining surfaces
and work surfaces shall be 28 inches (710 mm) minimum and 34 inches
(865 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
902.4 Dining Surfaces and Work Surfaces for Children's Use. Accessible dining surfaces and work surfaces for children's use shall comply with 902.4.
EXCEPTION: Dining surfaces and work surfaces that are used primarily by children 5 years and younger shall not be required to comply with 902.4 where a clear floor or ground space complying with 305 positioned for a parallel approach is provided.
902.4.1 Clear Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor space complying with 305 positioned for forward approach shall be provided. Knee
and toe clearance complying with 306 shall be provided, except that
knee clearance 24 inches (610 mm) minimum above the finish floor or
ground shall be permitted.
902.4.2 Height. The tops of tables and counters shall be 26 inches (660 mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
903 Benches
903.1 General. Benches shall comply with 903.
903.2 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with 305
shall be provided and shall be positioned at the end of the bench seat
and parallel to the short axis of the bench.
903.3 Size. Benches
shall have seats that are 42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum and 20
inches (510 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) deep maximum.
903.4 Back Support. The bench shall provide
for back support or shall be affixed to a wall. Back support shall be
42 inches (1065 mm) long minimum and shall extend from a point 2 inches
(51 mm) maximum above the seat surface to a point 18 inches (455 mm)
minimum above the seat surface. Back support shall be 2 1/2 inches (64
mm) maximum from the rear edge of the seat measured horizontally.
Advisory 903.4 Back Support. To assist in
transferring to the bench, consider providing grab bars on a wall
adjacent to the bench, but not on the seat back. If provided, grab bars
cannot obstruct transfer to the bench.
|
Figure 903.4 Bench Back Support
|
903.5 Height. The top of the bench seat surface shall be 17 inches (430 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum above the finish floor or ground.
903.6 Structural Strength. Allowable
stresses shall not be exceeded for materials used when a vertical or
horizontal force of 250 pounds (1112 N) is applied at any point on the
seat, fastener, mounting device, or supporting structure.
903.7 Wet Locations. Where installed in wet
locations, the surface of the seat shall be slip resistant and shall
not accumulate water.
904 Check-Out Aisles and Sales and Service Counters
904.1 General. Check-out aisles and sales and service counters shall comply with the applicable requirements of 904.
904.2 Approach. All portions of counters
required to comply with 904 shall be located adjacent to a walking
surface complying with 403.
Advisory 904.2 Approach. If a cash register
is provided at the sales or service counter, locate the accessible
counter close to the cash register so that a person using a wheelchair
is visible to sales or service personnel and to minimize the reach for
a person with a disability.
904.3 Check-Out Aisles. Check-out aisles shall comply with 904.3.
904.3.1 Aisle. Aisles shall comply with 403.
904.3.2 Counter. The counter surface height shall be 38 inches (965 mm) maximum above
the finish floor or ground. The top of the counter edge
protection shall be 2 inches (51 mm) maximum above the top of the
counter surface on the aisle side of the check-out counter.
|
Figure 904.3.2 Check-Out Aisle Counters
|
904.3.3 Check Writing Surfaces. Where provided, check writing surfaces shall comply with 902.3.
904.4 Sales and Service Counters. Sales counters and service counters shall comply with 904.4.1 or
904.4.2. The accessible portion of the counter top shall extend the
same depth as the sales or service counter top.
EXCEPTION: In alterations,
when the provision of a counter complying with 904.4 would result in a
reduction of the number of existing counters at work stations or a
reduction of the number of existing mail
boxes, the counter shall be permitted to have a portion which is 24
inches (610 mm) long minimum complying with 904.4.1 provided that the
required clear floor or ground space is centered on the accessible length of the counter.
|
Figure 904.4 (Exception) Alteration of Sales and Service Counters
|
904.4.1 Parallel Approach. A portion of the counter
surface that is 36 inches (915 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915 mm)
high maximum above the finish floor shall be provided. A clear
floor or ground space complying with 305 shall be positioned for a
parallel approach adjacent to the 36 inch (915 mm) minimum length of
counter.
EXCEPTION: Where the provided counter
surface is less than 36 inches (915 mm) long, the entire counter
surface shall be 36 inches (915 mm) high maximum above the finish floor.
904.4.2 Forward Approach. A portion of the
counter surface that is 30 inches (760 mm) long minimum and 36 inches
(915 mm) high maximum shall be provided. Knee and toe space complying
with 306 shall be provided under the counter. A clear floor or ground
space complying with 305 shall be positioned for a forward approach to
the counter.
904.5 Food Service Lines. Counters in food service lines shall comply with 904.5.
904.5.1 Self-Service Shelves
and Dispensing Devices. Self-service shelves and dispensing devices for
tableware, dishware, condiments, food and beverages shall comply with
308.
904.5.2 Tray Slides. The tops of tray
slides shall be 28 inches (710 mm) minimum and 34 inches (865 mm)
maximum above the finish floor or ground.
904.6 Security Glazing. Where counters or
teller windows have security glazing to separate personnel from the
public, a method to facilitate voice communication shall be provided.
Telephone handset devices, if provided, shall comply with 704.3.
Advisory 904.6 Security Glazing. Assistive
listening devices complying with 706 can facilitate voice communication
at counters or teller windows where there is security glazing which
promotes distortion in audible information. Where assistive listening
devices are installed, place signs complying with 703.7.2.4 to identify
those facilities which are so equipped. Other voice communication
methods include, but are not limited to, grilles, slats, talk-through
baffles, intercoms, or telephone handset devices.
CHAPTER 10: RECREATION FACILITIES
1001.1 Scope. The provisions of Chapter 10
shall apply where required by Chapter 2 or where referenced by a
requirement in this document.
Advisory 1001.1 Scope. Unless otherwise
modified or specifically addressed in Chapter 10, all other ADAAG
provisions apply to the design and construction of recreation
facilities and elements. The provisions in Section 1001.1 apply
wherever these elements are provided. For example, office buildings may
contain a room with exercise equipment to which these sections would
apply.
1002 Amusement Rides
1002.1 General. Amusement rides shall comply with 1002.
1002.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving amusement rides shall comply with Chapter 4.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In load or unload areas and
on amusement rides, where compliance with 405.2 is not structurally or
operationally feasible, ramp slope shall be permitted to be 1:8 maximum.
2. In load or unload areas and on amusement rides, handrails provided along walking surfaces complying with 403 and required on ramps
complying with 405 shall not be required to comply with 505 where
compliance is not structurally or operationally feasible.
Advisory 1002.2 Accessible Routes Exception
1. Steeper slopes are permitted on accessible routes connecting the
amusement ride in the load and unload position where it is
"structurally or operationally infeasible." In most cases, this will be
limited to areas where the accessible route leads directly to the
amusement ride and where there are space limitations on the ride, not
the queue line. Where possible, the least possible slope should be used
on the accessible route that serves the amusement ride.
1002.3 Load and Unload Areas. A turning space complying with 304.2 and 304.3 shall be provided in load and unload areas.
1002.4 Wheelchair Spaces in Amusement Rides. Wheelchair spaces in amusement rides shall comply with 1002.4.
1002.4.1 Floor or Ground Surface. The floor or ground surface of wheelchair spaces shall be stable and firm.
1002.4.2 Slope. The floor or ground surface
of wheelchair spaces shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48 when in
the load and unload position.
1002.4.3 Gaps. Floors of amusement rides
with wheelchair spaces and floors of load and unload areas shall be
coordinated so that, when amusement rides are at rest in the load and
unload position, the vertical difference between the floors shall be
within plus or minus 5/8 inches (16 mm) and the horizontal gap shall be
3 inches (75 mm) maximum under normal passenger load conditions.
EXCEPTION: Where compliance is not operationally or structurally feasible, ramps, bridge plates, or similar devices complying with the applicable requirements of 36 CFR 1192.83(c) shall be provided.
Advisory 1002.4.3 Gaps Exception. 36 CFR
1192.83(c) ADA Accessibility Guidelines for Transportation Vehicles -
Light Rail Vehicles and Systems - Mobility Aid Accessibility is
available at www.access-board.gov.
It includes provisions for bridge plates and ramps that can be used at
gaps between wheelchair spaces and floors of load and unload areas.
1002.4.4 Clearances. Clearances for wheelchair spaces shall comply with 1002.4.4.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where provided, securement devices shall be permitted to overlap required clearances.
2. Wheelchair spaces shall be permitted to be mechanically or manually repositioned.
3. Wheelchair spaces shall not be required to comply with 307.4.
Advisory 1002.4.4 Clearances Exception 3. This exception for protruding objects applies to the ride devices, not
to circulation areas or accessible routes in the queue lines or the
load and unload areas.
1002.4.4.1 Width and Length. Wheelchair
spaces shall provide a clear width of 30 inches (760 mm) minimum and a
clear length of 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum measured to 9 inches (230
mm) minimum above the floor surface.
1002.4.4.2 Side Entry. Where wheelchair spaces are entered only from the side, amusement
rides shall be designed to permit sufficient maneuvering clearance for
individuals using a wheelchair or mobility aid to enter and exit the
ride.
Advisory 1002.4.4.2 Side Entry. The amount
of clear space needed within the ride, and the size and position of the
opening are interrelated. A 32 inch (815 mm) clear opening will not
provide sufficient width when entered through a turn into an amusement
ride. Additional space for maneuvering and a wider door will be needed
where a side opening is centered on the ride. For example, where a 42
inch (1065 mm) opening is provided, a minimum clear space of 60 inches
(1525 mm) in length and 36 inches (915mm) in depth is needed to ensure
adequate space for maneuvering.
1002.4.4.3 Permitted Protrusions in
Wheelchair Spaces. Objects are permitted to protrude a distance of 6
inches (150 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair space, where
located 9 inches (230 mm) minimum and 27 inches (685 mm) maximum above
the floor or ground surface of the
wheelchair space. Objects are permitted to protrude a distance of 25
inches (635 mm) maximum along the front of the wheelchair space, where
located more than 27 inches (685 mm) above the floor or ground surface
of the wheelchair space.
|
Figure 1002.4.4.3 Protrusions in Wheelchair Spaces in Amusement Rides
|
1002.4.5 Ride Entry. Openings providing entry to wheelchair spaces on amusement rides shall be 32 inches (815 mm) minimum clear.
1002.4.6 Approach. One side of the wheelchair space shall adjoin an accessible route when in the load and unload position.
1002.4.7 Companion
Seats. Where the interior width of the amusement ride is greater than
53 inches (1345 mm), seating is provided for more than one rider, and
the wheelchair is not required to be centered within the amusement
ride, a companion seat shall be provided for each wheelchair space.
1002.4.7.1 Shoulder-to-Shoulder Seating. Where an amusement ride provides shoulder-to-shoulder seating,
companion seats shall be shoulder-to-shoulder with the adjacent
wheelchair space.
EXCEPTION: Where shoulder-to-shoulder
companion seating is not operationally or structurally feasible,
compliance with this requirement shall be required to the maximum
extent practicable.
1002.5 Amusement Ride Seats Designed for
Transfer. Amusement ride seats designed for transfer shall comply with
1002.5 when positioned for loading and unloading.
Advisory 1002.5 Amusement Ride Seats
Designed for Transfer. The proximity of the clear floor or ground space
next to an element and the height of the element one is transferring to
are both critical for a safe and independent transfer. Providing
additional clear floor or ground space both in front of and diagonal to
the element will provide flexibility and will increase usability for a
more diverse population of individuals with disabilities. Ride seats
designed for transfer should involve only one transfer. Where possible,
designers are encouraged to locate the ride seat no higher than 17 to
19 inches (430 to 485 mm) above the load and unload surface. Where
greater distances are required for transfers, providing gripping
surfaces, seat padding, and avoiding sharp objects in the path of
transfer will facilitate the transfer.
1002.5.1 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305
shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the amusement ride seats designed for transfer.
1002.5.2 Transfer Height. The height of
amusement ride seats designed for transfer shall be 14 inches (355 mm)
minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum measured from the surface of the
load and unload area.
1002.5.3 Transfer Entry. Where openings are
provided for transfer to amusement ride seats, the openings shall
provide clearance for transfer from a wheelchair or mobility aid to the
amusement ride seat.
1002.5.4 Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 305 shall be provided in or
adjacent to unload areas for each required amusement ride seat designed
for transfer and shall not overlap any required means of egress or accessible route.
1002.6 Transfer Devices for Use with
Amusement Rides. Transfer devices for use with amusement rides shall
comply with 1002.6 when positioned for loading and unloading.
Advisory 1002.6 Transfer Devices for Use
with Amusement Rides. Transfer devices for use with amusement rides
should permit individuals to make independent transfers to and from
their wheelchairs or mobility devices. There are a variety of transfer
devices available that could be adapted to provide access onto an
amusement ride. Examples of devices that may provide for transfers
include, but are not limited to, transfer systems, lifts, mechanized
seats, and custom designed systems. Operators and designers have
flexibility in developing designs that will facilitate individuals to
transfer onto amusement rides. These systems or devices should be
designed to be reliable and sturdy.
Designs that limit the number of transfers
required from a wheelchair or mobility device to the ride seat are
encouraged. When using a transfer device to access an amusement ride,
the least number of transfers and the shortest distance is most usable.
Where possible, designers are encouraged to locate the transfer device
seat no higher than 17 to 19 inches (430 to 485 mm) above the load and
unload surface. Where greater distances are required for transfers,
providing gripping surfaces, seat padding, and avoiding sharp objects
in the path of transfer will facilitate the transfer. Where a series of
transfers are required to reach the amusement ride seat, each vertical
transfer should not exceed 8 inches (205 mm).
1002.6.1 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. A clear floor or ground space complying with 305
shall be provided in the load and unload area adjacent to the transfer
device.
1002.6.2 Transfer Height. The height of
transfer device seats shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 24 inches
(610 mm) maximum measured from the load and unload surface.
1002.6.3 Wheelchair Storage Space. Wheelchair storage spaces complying with 305 shall be provided in or
adjacent to unload areas for each required transfer device and shall
not overlap any required means of egress or accessible route.
1003 Recreational Boating Facilities
1003.1 General. Recreational boating facilities shall comply with 1003.
1003.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes
serving recreational boating facilities, including gangways and
floating piers, shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified by the
exceptions in 1003.2.
1003.2.1 Boat Slips. Accessible routes serving boat slips shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1003.2.1.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where an existing gangway or
series of gangways is replaced or altered, an increase in the length of
the gangway shall not be required to comply with 1003.2 unless required
by 202.4.
2. Gangways shall not be required to comply with the maximum rise specified in 405.6.
3. Where the total length of a gangway or
series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is 80
feet (24 m) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with
405.2.
4. Where facilities contain fewer than 25
boat slips and the total length of the gangway or series of gangways
serving as part of a required accessible route is 30 feet (9145 mm)
minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with 405.2.
5. Where gangways connect to transition plates, landings specified by 405.7 shall not be required.
6. Where gangways and transition plates connect and are required to have handrails,
handrail extensions shall not be required. Where handrail extensions
are provided on gangways or transition plates, the handrail extensions
shall not be required to be parallel with the ground or floor surface.
7. The cross
slope specified in 403.3 and 405.3 for gangways, transition plates, and
floating piers that are part of accessible routes shall be measured in
the static position.
8. Changes in level complying with 303.3 and 303.4 shall be permitted on the surfaces of gangways and boat launch ramps.
Advisory 1003.2.1 Boat Slips Exception 3. The following example shows how exception 3 would be applied: A gangway
is provided to a floating pier which is required to be on an accessible
route. The vertical distance is 10 feet (3050 mm) between the elevation
where the gangway departs the landside connection and the elevation of
the pier surface at the lowest water level. Exception 3 permits the
gangway to be 80 feet (24 m) long. Another design solution would be to
have two 40 foot (12 m) plus continuous gangways joined together at a
float, where the float (as the water level falls) will stop dropping at
an elevation five feet below the landside connection. The length of
transition plates would not be included in determining if the
gangway(s) meet the requirements of the exception.
1003.2.2 Boarding Piers at Boat Launch Ramps. Accessible routes serving boarding piers at boat launch ramps shall be permitted to use the exceptions in 1003.2.2.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Accessible routes serving
floating boarding piers shall be permitted to use Exceptions 1, 2, 5,
6, 7 and 8 in 1003.2.1.
2. Where the total length of the gangway or
series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is 30
feet (9145 mm) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with
405.2.
3. Where the accessible route serving a
floating boarding pier or skid pier is located within a boat launch
ramp, the portion of the accessible route located within the boat
launch ramp shall not be required to comply with 405.
1003.3 Clearances. Clearances at boat slips and on boarding piers at boat launch ramps shall comply with 1003.3.
Advisory 1003.3 Clearances. Although the
minimum width of the clear pier space is 60 inches (1525 mm), it is
recommended that piers be wider than 60 inches (1525 mm) to improve the
safety for persons with disabilities, particularly on floating piers.
1003.3.1 Boat Slip Clearance. Boat slips
shall provide clear pier space 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum and at
least as long as the boat slips. Each 10 feet (3050 mm) maximum of
linear pier edge serving boat slips shall contain at least one
continuous clear opening 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Clear pier space shall be
permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum for a length of 24
inches (610 mm) maximum, provided that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide
segments are separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide
minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.
2. Edge
protection shall be permitted at the continuous clear openings,
provided that it is 4 inches (100 mm) high maximum and 2 inches (51 mm)
wide maximum.
3. In existing piers, clear pier space
shall be permitted to be located perpendicular to the boat slip and
shall extend the width of the boat slip, where the facility has at
least one boat slip complying with 1003.3, and further compliance with
1003.3 would result in a reduction in the number of boat slips
available or result in a reduction of the widths of existing slips.
Advisory 1003.3.1 Boat Slip Clearance Exception 3. Where the conditions in exception 3 are satisfied, existing facilities are only
required to have one accessible boat slip with a pier clearance which runs the
length of the slip. All other accessible slips are allowed to have the required
pier clearance at the head of the slip. Under this exception, at piers with
perpendicular boat slips, the width of most "finger piers" will remain
unchanged. However, where mooring systems for floating piers are replaced as
part of pier alteration projects, an opportunity may exist for increasing
accessibility. Piers may be reconfigured to allow an increase in the number of
wider finger piers, and serve as accessible boat slips.
|
Figure 1003.3.1 Boat Slip Clearance
|
|
Figure 1003.3.1 (Exception 1)
Clear Pier Space Reduction at Boat Slips
|
|
Figure 1003.3.1 (Exception 2) Edge Protection at Boat Slips
|
1003.3.2 Boarding Pier Clearances. Boarding piers at boat
launch ramps shall provide clear pier space 60 inches (1525 mm) wide
minimum and shall extend the full length of the boarding pier. Every 10
feet (3050 mm) maximum of linear pier edge shall contain at least one
continuous clear opening 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. The clear pier space shall
be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum for a length of 24
inches (610 mm) maximum provided that multiple 36 inch (915 mm) wide
segments are separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide
minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.
2. Edge
protection shall be permitted at the continuous clear openings provided
that it is 4 inches (100 mm) high maximum and 2 inches (51 mm) wide
maximum.
Advisory 1003.3.2 Boarding Pier Clearances. These requirements do not establish a minimum length for accessible
boarding piers at boat launch ramps. The accessible boarding pier
should have a length at least equal to that of other boarding piers
provided at the facility. If no other boarding pier is provided, the
pier would have a length equal to what would have been provided if no
access requirements applied. The entire length of accessible boarding
piers would be required to comply with the same technical provisions
that apply to accessible boat slips. For example, at a launch ramp, if
a 20 foot (6100 mm) long accessible boarding pier is provided, the
entire 20 feet (6100 mm) must comply with the pier clearance
requirements in 1003.3. Likewise, if a 60 foot (18 m) long accessible
boarding pier is provided, the pier clearance requirements in 1003.3
would apply to the entire 60 feet (18 m).
The following example applies to a boat
launch ramp boarding pier: A chain of floats is provided on a launch
ramp to be used as a boarding pier which is required to be accessible
by 1003.3.2. At high water, the entire chain is floating and a
transition plate connects the first float to the surface of the launch
ramp. As the water level decreases, segments of the chain end up
resting on the launch ramp surface, matching the slope of the launch
ramp.
|
Figure 1003.3.2 Boarding Pier Clearance
|
|
Figure 1003.3.2 (Exception 1) Clear Pier Space Reduction at Boarding Piers
|
|
Figure 1003.3.2 (Exception 2) Edge Protection at Boarding Piers
|
1004 Exercise Machines and Equipment
1004.1 Clear Floor Space. Exercise machines
and equipment shall have a clear floor space complying with 305
positioned for transfer or for use by an individual seated in a
wheelchair. Clear floor or ground spaces required at exercise machines and equipment shall be permitted to overlap.
Advisory 1004.1 Clear Floor Space. One
clear floor or ground space is permitted to be shared between two
pieces of exercise equipment. To optimize space use, designers should
carefully consider layout options such as connecting ends of the row
and center aisle spaces. The position of the clear floor space may vary
greatly depending on the use of the equipment or machine. For example,
to provide access to a shoulder press machine, clear floor space next
to the seat would be appropriate to allow for transfer. Clear floor
space for a bench press machine designed for use by an individual
seated in a wheelchair, however, will most likely be centered on the
operating mechanisms.
1005.1 Accessible
Routes. Accessible routes serving fishing piers and platforms,
including gangways and floating piers, shall comply with Chapter 4.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Accessible routes serving
floating fishing piers and platforms shall be permitted to use
Exceptions 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in 1003.2.1.
2. Where the total length of the gangway or
series of gangways serving as part of a required accessible route is 30
feet (9145 mm) minimum, gangways shall not be required to comply with
405.2.
1005.2 Railings. Where provided, railings, guards, or handrails shall comply with 1005.2.
1005.2.1 Height. At least 25 percent of the
railings, guards, or handrails shall be 34 inches (865 mm) maximum
above the ground or deck surface.
EXCEPTION: Where a guard complying with
sections 1003.2.12.1 and 1003.2.12.2 of the International Building Code
(2000 edition) or sections 1012.2 and 1012.3 of the International
Building Code (2003 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in Chapter 1) is provided, the guard shall not be required to comply with 1005.2.1.
1005.2.1.1 Dispersion. Railings, guards, or handrails required to comply with 1005.2.1 shall
be dispersed throughout the fishing pier or platform.
Advisory 1005.2.1.1 Dispersion. Portions of
the railings that are lowered to provide fishing opportunities for
persons with disabilities must be located in a variety of locations on
the fishing pier or platform to give people a variety of locations to
fish. Different fishing locations may provide varying water depths,
shade (at certain times of the day), vegetation, and proximity to the
shoreline or bank.
1005.3 Edge
Protection. Where railings, guards, or handrails complying with 1005.2
are provided, edge protection complying with 1005.3.1 or 1005.3.2 shall
be provided.
Advisory 1005.3 Edge Protection. Edge
protection is required only where railings, guards, or handrails are
provided on a fishing pier or platform. Edge protection will prevent
wheelchairs or other mobility devices from slipping off the fishing
pier or platform. Extending the deck of the fishing pier or platform 12
inches (305 mm) where the 34 inch (865 mm) high railing is provided is
an alternative design, permitting individuals using wheelchairs or
other mobility devices to pull into a clear space and move beyond the
face of the railing. In such a design, curbs or barriers are not
required.
1005.3.1 Curb or Barrier. Curbs or barriers
shall extend 2 inches (51 mm) minimum above the surface of the fishing
pier or platform.
1005.3.2 Extended Ground or Deck Surface. The ground or deck surface shall extend 12 inches (305 mm) minimum
beyond the inside face of the railing. Toe
clearance shall be provided and shall be 30 inches (760 mm) wide
minimum and 9 inches (230 mm) minimum above the ground or deck surface
beyond the railing.
|
Figure 1005.3.2
Extended Ground or Deck Surface at Fishing Piers and Platforms
|
1005.4 Clear Floor or Ground Space. At each location where there are railings, guards, or handrails
complying with 1005.2.1, a clear floor or ground space complying with
305 shall be provided. Where there are no railings, guards, or
handrails, at least one clear floor or ground space complying with 305
shall be provided on the fishing pier or platform.
1005.5 Turning Space. At least one turning space complying with 304.3 shall be provided on fishing piers and platforms.
1006 Golf Facilities
1006.1 General. Golf facilities shall comply with 1006.
1006.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes serving teeing grounds, practice teeing grounds, putting greens, practice putting greens, teeing stations at driving ranges, course weather
shelters, golf car rental areas, bag drop areas, and course toilet
rooms shall comply with Chapter 4 and shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) wide
minimum. Where handrails are provided, accessible routes shall be 60
inches (1525 mm) wide minimum.
EXCEPTION: Handrails shall not be required
on golf courses. Where handrails are provided on golf courses, the
handrails shall not be required to comply with 505.
Advisory 1006.2 Accessible Routes. The 48
inch (1220 mm) minimum width for the accessible route is necessary to
ensure passage of a golf car on either the accessible route or the golf
car passage. This is important where the accessible route is used to
connect the golf car rental area, bag drop areas, practice putting
greens, practice teeing grounds, course toilet rooms, and course
weather shelters. These are areas outside the boundary of the golf
course, but are areas where an individual using an adapted golf car may
travel. A golf car passage may not be substituted for other accessible
routes to be located outside the boundary of the course. For example,
an accessible route connecting an accessible parking space to the
entrance of a golf course clubhouse is not covered by this provision.
Providing a golf car passage will permit a
person that uses a golf car to practice driving a golf ball from the
same position and stance used when playing the game. Additionally, the
space required for a person using a golf car to enter and maneuver
within the teeing stations required to be accessible should be
considered.
1006.3 Golf Car Passages. Golf car passages shall comply with 1006.3.
1006.3.1 Clear Width. The clear width of golf car passages shall be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum.
1006.3.2 Barriers. Where curbs or other
constructed barriers prevent golf cars from entering a fairway,
openings 60 inches (1525 mm) wide minimum shall be provided at
intervals not to exceed 75 yards (69 m).
1006.4 Weather Shelters. A clear
floor or ground space 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 96 inches (2440
mm) minimum shall be provided within weather shelters.
1007 Miniature Golf Facilities
1007.1 General. Miniature golf facilities shall comply with 1007.
1007.2 Accessible
Routes. Accessible routes serving holes on miniature golf courses shall
comply with Chapter 4. Accessible routes located on playing surfaces of
miniature golf holes shall be permitted to use the exceptions in
1007.2.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Playing surfaces shall not be required to comply with 302.2.
2. Where accessible routes intersect
playing surfaces of holes, a 1 inch (25 mm) maximum curb shall be
permitted for a width of 32 inches (815 mm) minimum.
3. A slope not steeper than 1:4 for a 4 inch (100 mm) maximum rise shall be permitted.
4. Ramp landing slopes specified by 405.7.1 shall be permitted to be 1:20 maximum.
5. Ramp landing length specified by 405.7.3 shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum.
6. Ramp landing size specified by 405.7.4 shall be permitted to be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.
7. Handrails
shall not be required on holes. Where handrails are provided on holes,
the handrails shall not be required to comply with 505.
1007.3 Miniature Golf Holes. Miniature golf holes shall comply with 1007.3.
1007.3.1 Start of Play. A clear
floor or ground space 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525
mm) minimum with slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the
start of play.
1007.3.2 Golf Club Reach Range Area. All
areas within holes where golf balls rest shall be within 36 inches (915
mm) maximum of a clear floor or ground space 36 inches (915 mm) wide
minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum having a running slope not steeper than 1:20. The clear floor or ground space shall be served by an accessible route.
Advisory 1007.3.2 Golf Club Reach Range
Area. The golf club reach range applies to all holes required to be
accessible. This includes accessible routes provided adjacent to or,
where provided, on the playing surface of the hole.
|
Figure 1007.3.2 Golf Club Reach Range Area
|
1008.1 General. Play areas shall comply with 1008.
1008.2 Accessible Routes. Accessible routes
serving play areas shall comply with Chapter 4 and 1008.2 and shall be
permitted to use the exceptions in 1008.2.1 through 1008.2.3. Where
accessible routes serve ground level play components, the vertical clearance shall be 80 inches high (2030 mm) minimum.
1008.2.1 Ground Level and Elevated Play
Components. Accessible routes serving ground level play components and
elevated play components shall be permitted to use the exceptions in
1008.2.1.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Transfer systems complying
with 1008.3 shall be permitted to connect elevated play components
except where 20 or more elevated play components are provided no more
than 25 percent of the elevated play components shall be permitted to
be connected by transfer systems.
2. Where transfer systems are provided, an
elevated play component shall be permitted to connect to another
elevated play component as part of an accessible route.
1008.2.2 Soft Contained Play Structures. Accessible routes serving soft contained play structures shall be
permitted to use the exception in 1008.2.2.
EXCEPTION: Transfer systems complying with 1008.3 shall be permitted to be used as part of an accessible route.
1008.2.3 Water Play Components. Accessible
routes serving water play components shall be permitted to use the
exceptions in 1008.2.3.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where the surface of the accessible route, clear floor or ground spaces, or turning
spaces serving water play components is submerged, compliance with 302,
403.3, 405.2, 405.3, and 1008.2.6 shall not be required.
2. Transfer systems complying with 1008.3 shall be permitted to connect elevated play components in water.
Advisory 1008.2.3 Water Play Components. Personal wheelchairs and mobility devices may not be appropriate for
submerging in water when using play components in water. Some may have
batteries, motors, and electrical systems that when submerged in water
may cause damage to the personal mobility device or wheelchair or may
contaminate the water. Providing an aquatic wheelchair made of
non-corrosive materials and designed for access into the water will
protect the water from contamination and avoid damage to personal
wheelchairs.
1008.2.4 Clear Width. Accessible routes connecting play components shall provide a clear width complying with 1008.2.4.
1008.2.4.1 Ground Level. At ground level, the clear width of accessible routes shall be 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. In play
areas less than 1000 square feet (93 m2), the clear width of accessible
routes shall be permitted to be 44 inches (1120 mm) minimum, if at
least one turning space complying with 304.3 is provided where the
restricted accessible route exceeds 30 feet (9145 mm) in length.
2. The clear width of accessible routes
shall be permitted to be 36 inches (915 mm) minimum for a distance of
60 inches (1525 mm) maximum provided that multiple reduced width
segments are separated by segments that are 60 inches (1525 mm) wide
minimum and 60 inches (1525 mm) long minimum.
1008.2.4.2 Elevated. The clear width of
accessible routes connecting elevated play components shall be 36
inches (915 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. The clear width of accessible
routes connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be
reduced to 32 inches (815 mm) minimum for a distance of 24 inches (610
mm) maximum provided that reduced width segments are separated by
segments that are 48 inches (1220 mm) long minimum and 36 inches (915
mm) wide minimum.
2. The clear width of transfer systems connecting elevated play components shall be permitted to be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum.
1008.2.5 Ramps. Within play
areas, ramps connecting ground level play components and ramps
connecting elevated play components shall comply with 1008.2.5.
1008.2.5.1 Ground Level. Ramp runs connecting ground level play components shall have a running slope not steeper than 1:16.
1008.2.5.2 Elevated. The rise for any ramp run connecting elevated play components shall be 12 inches (305 mm) maximum.
1008.2.5.3 Handrails. Where required on ramps serving play components, the handrails shall
comply with 505 except as modified by 1008.2.5.3.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Handrails shall not be required on ramps located within ground level use zones.
2. Handrail extensions shall not be required.
1008.2.5.3.1 Handrail Gripping Surfaces. Handrail gripping surfaces with a circular cross section shall have an
outside diameter of 0.95 inch (24 mm) minimum and 1.55 inches (39 mm)
maximum. Where the shape of the gripping surface is non-circular, the
handrail shall provide an equivalent gripping surface.
1008.2.5.3.2 Handrail Height. The top of
handrail gripping surfaces shall be 20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 28
inches (710 mm) maximum above the ramp surface.
1008.2.6 Ground Surfaces. Ground surfaces on accessible routes, clear floor or ground spaces, and turning spaces shall comply with 1008.2.6.
Advisory 1008.2.6 Ground Surfaces. Ground
surfaces must be inspected and maintained regularly to ensure continued
compliance with the ASTM F 1951 standard. The type of surface material
selected and play area use levels will determine the frequency of
inspection and maintenance activities.
1008.2.6.1 Accessibility. Ground surfaces shall comply with ASTM F 1951 (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced
Standards" in Chapter 1). Ground surfaces shall be inspected and
maintained regularly and frequently to ensure continued compliance with
ASTM F 1951.
1008.2.6.2 Use Zones. Ground surfaces
located within use zones shall comply with ASTM F 1292 (1999 edition or
2004 edition) (incorporated by reference, see "Referenced Standards" in
Chapter 1).
1008.3 Transfer Systems. Where transfer
systems are provided to connect to elevated play components, transfer
systems shall comply with 1008.3.
Advisory 1008.3 Transfer Systems. Where
transfer systems are provided, consideration should be given to the
distance between the transfer system and the elevated play components.
Moving between a transfer platform and a series of transfer steps
requires extensive exertion for some children. Designers should
minimize the distance between the points where a child transfers from a
wheelchair or mobility device and where the elevated play components
are located. Where elevated play components are used to connect to
another elevated play component instead of an accessible route, careful
consideration should be used in the selection of the play components
used for this purpose.
1008.3.1 Transfer Platforms. Transfer
platforms shall be provided where transfer is intended from wheelchairs
or other mobility aids. Transfer platforms shall comply with 1008.3.1.
1008.3.1.1 Size. Transfer platforms shall
have level surfaces 14 inches (355 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610
mm) wide minimum.
1008.3.1.2 Height. The height of transfer
platforms shall be 11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 18 inches (455 mm)
maximum measured to the top of the surface from the ground or floor
surface.
1008.3.1.3 Transfer Space. A transfer space
complying with 305.2 and 305.3 shall be provided adjacent to the
transfer platform. The 48 inch (1220 mm) long minimum dimension of the
transfer space shall be centered on and parallel to the 24 inch (610
mm) long minimum side of the transfer platform. The side of the
transfer platform serving the transfer space shall be unobstructed.
1008.3.1.4 Transfer Supports. At least one means of support for transferring shall be provided.
|
Figure 1008.3.1 Transfer Platforms
|
1008.3.2 Transfer Steps. Transfer steps
shall be provided where movement is intended from transfer platforms to
levels with elevated play components required to be on accessible routes. Transfer steps shall comply with 1008.3.2.
1008.3.2.1 Size. Transfer steps shall have level surfaces 14 inches (355 mm) deep minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) wide minimum.
1008.3.2.2 Height. Each transfer step shall be 8 inches (205 mm) high maximum.
1008.3.2.3 Transfer Supports. At least one means of support for transferring shall be provided.
Advisory 1008.3.2.3 Transfer Supports. Transfer supports are required on transfer platforms and transfer steps
to assist children when transferring. Some examples of supports include
a rope loop, a loop type handle, a slot in the edge of a flat
horizontal or vertical member, poles or bars, or D rings on the corner
posts.
|
Figure 1008.3.2 Transfer Steps
|
1008.4 Play Components. Ground level play components on accessible routes and elevated play components connected by ramps shall comply with 1008.4.
1008.4.1 Turning
Space. At least one turning space complying with 304 shall be provided
on the same level as play components. Where swings are provided, the
turning space shall be located immediately adjacent to the swing.
1008.4.2 Clear
Floor or Ground Space. Clear floor or ground space complying with 305.2
and 305.3 shall be provided at play components.
Advisory 1008.4.2 Clear Floor or Ground
Space. Clear floor or ground spaces, turning spaces, and accessible
routes are permitted to overlap within play areas. A specific location
has not been designated for the clear floor or ground spaces or turning
spaces, except swings, because each play component may require that the
spaces be placed in a unique location. Where play components include a
seat or entry point, designs that provide for an unobstructed transfer
from a wheelchair or other mobility device are recommended. This will
enhance the ability of children with disabilities to independently use
the play component.
When designing play components with
manipulative or interactive features, consider appropriate reach ranges
for children seated in wheelchairs. The following table provides
guidance on reach ranges for children seated in wheelchairs. These
dimensions apply to either forward or side reaches. The reach ranges
are appropriate for use with those play components that children seated
in wheelchairs may access and reach. Where transfer systems provide
access to elevated play components, the reach ranges are not
appropriate.
|
Children's Reach Ranges
|
Forward or Side Reach
|
Ages 3 and 4
|
Ages 5 through 8
|
Ages 9 through 12
|
High (maximum)
|
36 in (915 mm)
|
40 in (1015 mm)
|
44 in (1120 mm)
|
Low (minimum)
|
20 in (510 mm)
|
18 in (455 mm)
|
16 in (405 mm)
|
1008.4.3 Play Tables. Where play tables are
provided, knee clearance 24 inches (610 mm) high minimum, 17 inches
deep (430 mm) minimum, and 30 inches (760 mm) wide minimum shall be
provided. The tops of rims, curbs, or other obstructions shall be 31
inches (785 mm) high maximum.
EXCEPTION: Play tables designed and constructed primarily for children 5 years and younger shall not be required to provide knee clearance where the clear floor or ground space required by 1008.4.2 is arranged for a parallel approach.
1008.4.4 Entry Points and Seats. Where play
components require transfer to entry points or seats, the entry points
or seats shall be 11 inches (280 mm) minimum and 24 inches (610 mm)
maximum from the clear floor or ground space.
EXCEPTION: Entry points of slides shall not be required to comply with 1008.4.4.
1008.4.5 Transfer Supports. Where play
components require transfer to entry points or seats, at least one
means of support for transferring shall be provided.
1009 Swimming Pools, Wading Pools, and Spas
1009.1 General. Where provided, pool lifts,
sloped entries, transfer walls, transfer systems, and pool stairs shall
comply with 1009.
1009.2 Pool Lifts. Pool lifts shall comply with 1009.2.
Advisory 1009.2 Pool Lifts. There are a
variety of seats available on pool lifts ranging from sling seats to
those that are preformed or molded. Pool lift seats with backs will
enable a larger population of persons with disabilities to use the
lift. Pool lift seats that consist of materials that resist corrosion
and provide a firm base to transfer will be usable by a wider range of
people with disabilities. Additional options such as armrests, head
rests, seat belts, and leg support will enhance accessibility and
better accommodate people with a wide range of disabilities.
1009.2.1 Pool Lift Location. Pool lifts shall be located where the water level does not exceed 48 inches (1220 mm).
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Where the entire pool depth
is greater than 48 inches (1220 mm), compliance with 1009.2.1 shall not
be required.
2. Where multiple pool lift locations are
provided, no more than one pool lift shall be required to be located in
an area where the water level is 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum.
1009.2.2 Seat Location. In the raised
position, the centerline of the seat shall be located over the deck and
16 inches (405 mm) minimum from the edge of the pool. The deck surface
between the centerline of the seat and the pool edge shall have a slope
not steeper than 1:48.
|
Figure 1009.2.2 Pool Lift Seat Location
|
1009.2.3 Clear Deck Space. On the side of
the seat opposite the water, a clear deck space shall be provided
parallel with the seat. The space shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide
minimum and shall extend forward 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum from a
line located 12 inches (305 mm) behind the rear edge of the seat. The
clear deck space shall have a slope not steeper than 1:48.
|
Figure 1009.2.3 Clear Deck Space at Pool Lifts
|
1009.2.4 Seat Height. The height of the
lift seat shall be designed to allow a stop at 16 inches (405 mm)
minimum to 19 inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the deck to the top
of the seat surface when in the raised (load) position.
|
Figure 1009.2.4 Pool Lift Seat Height
|
1009.2.5 Seat Width. The seat shall be 16 inches (405 mm) wide minimum.
1009.2.6 Footrests and Armrests. Footrests
shall be provided and shall move with the seat. If provided, the
armrest positioned opposite the water shall be removable or shall fold
clear of the seat when the seat is in the raised (load) position.
EXCEPTION: Footrests shall not be required on pool lifts provided in spas.
1009.2.7 Operation. The lift shall be
capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water levels.
Controls and operating mechanisms shall be unobstructed when the lift
is in use and shall comply with 309.4.
Advisory 1009.2.7 Operation. Pool lifts
must be capable of unassisted operation from both the deck and water
levels. This will permit a person to call the pool lift when the pool
lift is in the opposite position. It is extremely important for a
person who is swimming alone to be able to call the pool lift when it
is in the up position so he or she will not be stranded in the water
for extended periods of time awaiting assistance. The requirement for a
pool lift to be independently operable does not preclude assistance
from being provided.
1009.2.8 Submerged Depth. The lift shall be
designed so that the seat will submerge to a water depth of 18 inches
(455 mm) minimum below the stationary water level.
|
Figure 1009.2.8 Pool Lift Submerged Depth
|
1009.2.9 Lifting Capacity. Single person
pool lifts shall have a weight capacity of 300 pounds. (136 kg) minimum
and be capable of sustaining a static load of at least one and a half
times the rated load.
Advisory 1009.2.9 Lifting Capacity. Single
person pool lifts must be capable of supporting a minimum weight of 300
pounds (136 kg) and sustaining a static load of at least one and a half
times the rated load. Pool lifts should be provided that meet the needs
of the population they serve. Providing a pool lift with a weight
capacity greater than 300 pounds (136 kg) may be advisable.
1009.3 Sloped Entries. Sloped entries shall comply with 1009.3.
Advisory 1009.3 Sloped Entries. Personal
wheelchairs and mobility devices may not be appropriate for submerging
in water. Some may have batteries, motors, and electrical systems that
when submerged in water may cause damage to the personal mobility
device or wheelchair or may contaminate the pool water. Providing an
aquatic wheelchair made of non-corrosive materials and designed for
access into the water will protect the water from contamination and
avoid damage to personal wheelchairs or other mobility aids.
1009.3.1 Sloped Entries. Sloped entries shall comply with Chapter 4 except as modified in 1109.3.1 through 1109.3.3.
EXCEPTION: Where sloped entries are provided, the surfaces shall not be required to be slip resistant.
1009.3.2 Submerged Depth. Sloped entries
shall extend to a depth of 24 inches (610 mm) minimum and 30 inches
(760 mm) maximum below the stationary water level. Where landings are
required by 405.7, at least one landing shall be located 24 inches (610
mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum below the stationary water
level.
EXCEPTION: In wading pools, the sloped entry and landings, if provided, shall extend to the deepest part of the wading pool.
|
Figure 1009.3.2 Sloped Entry Submerged Depth
|
1009.3.3 Handrails. At least two handrails complying with 505 shall be provided on the
sloped entry. The clear width between required handrails shall be 33
inches (840 mm) minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum.
EXCEPTIONS:
1. Handrail extensions specified by 505.10.1 shall not be required at the bottom landing serving a sloped entry.
2. Where a sloped entry is provided for
wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand bottom pools, and other pools
where user access is limited to one area, the handrails shall not be
required to comply with the clear width requirements of 1009.3.3.
3. Sloped entries in wading
pools shall not be required to provide handrails complying with
1009.3.3. If provided, handrails on sloped entries in wading pools
shall not be required to comply with 505.
|
Figure 1009.3.3 Handrails for Sloped Entry
|
1009.4 Transfer Walls. Transfer walls shall comply with 1009.4.
1009.4.1 Clear Deck Space. A clear deck
space of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum
with a slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the
transfer wall. Where one grab bar is provided, the clear deck space
shall be centered on the grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, the clear deck space shall be centered on the clearance between the grab bars.
|
Figure 1009.4.1 Clear Deck Space at Transfer Walls
|
1009.4.2 Height. The height of the transfer
wall shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum
measured from the deck.
|
Figure 1009.4.2 Transfer Wall Height
|
1009.4.3 Wall Depth and Length. The depth
of the transfer wall shall be 12 inches (305 mm) minimum and 16 inches
(405 mm) maximum. The length of the transfer wall shall be 60 inches
(1525 mm) minimum and shall be centered on the clear deck space.
|
Figure 1009.4.3 Depth and Length of Transfer Walls
|
1009.4.4 Surface. Surfaces of transfer walls shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges.
1009.4.5 Grab
Bars. At least one grab bar complying with 609 shall be provided on the
transfer wall. Grab bars shall be perpendicular to the pool wall and
shall extend the full depth of the transfer wall. The top of the
gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150
mm) maximum above transfer walls. Where one grab bar is provided,
clearance shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum on both sides of the grab
bar. Where two grab bars are provided, clearance between grab bars
shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum.
EXCEPTION: Grab bars on transfer walls shall not be required to comply with 609.4.
|
Figure 1009.4.5 Grab Bars for Transfer Walls
|
1009.5 Transfer Systems. Transfer systems shall comply with 1009.5.
1009.5.1 Transfer Platform. A transfer
platform shall be provided at the head of each transfer system.
Transfer platforms shall provide 19 inches (485 mm) minimum clear depth
and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum clear width.
|
Figure 1009.5.1 Size of Transfer Platform
|
1009.5.2 Transfer Space. A transfer space
of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum with a
slope not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the
transfer platform surface and shall be centered along a 24 inch (610
mm) minimum side of the transfer platform. The side of the transfer
platform serving the transfer space shall be unobstructed.
|
Figure 1009.5.2 Clear Deck Space at Transfer Platform
|
1009.5.3 Height. The height of the transfer platform shall comply with 1009.4.2.
1009.5.4 Transfer Steps. Transfer step
height shall be 8 inches (205 mm) maximum. The surface of the bottom
tread shall extend to a water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum below
the stationary water level.
Advisory 1009.5.4 Transfer Steps. Where
possible, the height of the transfer step should be minimized to
decrease the distance an individual is required to lift up or move down
to reach the next step to gain access.
|
Figure 1009.5.4 Transfer Steps
|
1009.5.5 Surface. The surface of the transfer system shall not be sharp and shall have rounded edges.
1009.5.6 Size. Each transfer step shall
have a tread clear depth of 14 inches (355 mm) minimum and 17 inches
(430 mm) maximum and shall have a tread clear width of 24 inches (610
mm) minimum.
|
Figure 1009.5.6 Size of Transfer Steps
|
1009.5.7 Grab
Bars. At least one grab bar on each transfer step and the transfer
platform or a continuous grab bar serving each transfer step and the
transfer platform shall be provided. Where a grab bar is provided on
each step, the tops of gripping surfaces shall be 4 inches (100 mm)
minimum and 6 inches (150 mm) maximum above each step and transfer
platform. Where a continuous grab bar is provided, the top of the
gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches (150
mm) maximum above the step nosing and transfer platform. Grab bars
shall comply with 609 and be located on at least one side of the
transfer system. The grab bar located at the transfer platform shall
not obstruct transfer.
EXCEPTION: Grab bars on transfer systems shall not be required to comply with 609.4.
|
Figure 1009.5.7 Grab Bars
|
1009.6 Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 1009.6.
1009.6.1 Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply with 504.
EXCEPTION: Pool step riser heights shall
not be required to be 4 inches (100 mm) high minimum and 7 inches (180
mm) high maximum provided that riser heights are uniform.
1009.6.2 Handrails. The width between handrails shall be 20 inches (510 mm) minimum and 24
inches (610 mm) maximum. Handrail extensions required by 505.10.3 shall
not be required on pool stairs.
1010 Shooting Facilities with Firing Positions
1010.1 Turning
Space. A circular turning space 60 inches (1525 mm) diameter minimum
with slopes not steeper than 1:48 shall be provided at shooting
facilities with firing positions.